London Borough of Sutton Sutton Local Plan A... · London Borough of Sutton Sutton Local Plan ......

London Borough of Sutton

Sutton Local Plan

February 2016

Issues and Preferred Options Consultation(Regulation 18)

3 Agenda Item 5

2

THIS PAGE IS LEFT BLANK FOR PRINTING PURPOSES

Page 14Agenda Item 5

3

CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction 12 What is a Local Plan 12 What influences a Local Plan 13 Supporting Documents 14 Consultation Arrangements 15 What happens after the Consultation 16 Chapter 2: Challenges, Vision and Objectives 17 Borough statistics 17 Key challenges 18 Draft vision 18 Draft objectives 19 Chapter 3: Issues and Draft Planning Policies

Issue Number Issue and Options or Preferred Policy

Sutton’s Vision Located Key Diagram

I-1 Sustainable Growth I-2 Spatial Strategy I-3 London Cancer Hub I-4 Sutton Town Centre and Tramlink I-5 Wandle Valley and Area Renewal I-6 Other District and Local Centres Meeting Sutton’s Housing Needs I-7 Housing Density I-8 Affordable Housing I-9 Housing Sizes and Standards I-10 Loss of Housing and Conversions I-11 Communal Accommodation I-12 Gypsy and Traveller Sites I-13 Housing and Backgarden Land Growing Sutton’s Employment Offer I-14 Locations for Employment and Waste Management I-15 Industrial Development I-16 Office Development and Loss Making Sutton’s Centres Destinations I-17 Town and Local Centre Development I-18 Shopping Frontages I-19 Local Centres and Isolated Shops

Page 15 Agenda Item 5

4

Serving Sutton’s Communities I-20 Education I-21 Health and Well-Being I-22 Social and Community Infrastructure, including Public Houses I-23 Telecommunications Maintaining Sutton’s Green Spaces I-24 Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land I-25 Open Spaces I-26 Biodiversity I-27 Agricultural Land Raising Sutton’s Design Standard I-28 Character and Design I-29 Protecting Amenity I-30 Heritage Delivering Sutton’s One Planet Targets I-31 Carbon and Energy I-32 Flood Risk and Sustainable Drainage I-33 Climate Change Adaptation I-34 Environmental Protection Improving Sutton’s Sustainable Transport Network I-35 Transport Proposals I-36 Transport Impact I-37 Parking

Chapter 4: Potential Site Allocations Site No Site Potential Allocation

Sutton Town Centre STC1 The Old Gas Works Site Retail, residential, hotel, offices,

other STC2 Morrisons Local and Car Park Retail, residential, community,

office STC3 Former Burger King Site Residential, retail STC4 Sutton West Centre, Robin Hood

Lane Community, residential, school

STC5 North of Lodge Place Retail, residential, leisure, health STC6 South of Lodge Place Retail, residential, office,

commercial leisure STC7 Kwikfit, Throwley Way Hotel, retail, residential, offices STC8 North of Greenford Road Residential, retail, offices STC9 Civic Centre, St Nicholas Way Offices, community uses, cultural,

retail, residential, school STC10 Secombe Theatre Theatre, residential, office, school STC11 Beech Tree Place Residential, social or community

uses, offices or small businesses, retail, leisure

STC12 North of Sutton Court Road Sites Residential, offices, retail


5

STC13 South of Sutton Court Road Residential, offices, retail, restaurants, leisure, hotel

STC14 Sutton Station and Car Park Retail, offices, residential, car park, leisure, other

STC15 Shops opposite Sutton Station Retail, residential, offices, hotel STC16 Sutherland House, Brighton Road Residential, retail, commercial STC17 Petrol Garage North of Subsea7 Offices, residential, petrol station,

retail STC18 Superbowl Sutton, St Nicholas Way Leisure facilities, hotel, restaurant,

retail, residential STC19 Helena House, High Street Offices, residential STC20 Herald House, Throwley Way Offices, residential, retail STC21 Sutton Park House, Carshalton

Road Offices, residential, retail

STC22 Old Inn House, Carshalton Road Offices, retail, café, residential STC23 Bus Garage and Allotments,

Bushey Road Residential, bus garage

STC24 Halford Block Residential, retail, offices, other STC25 Matalan Block, High Street Retail, residential, offices, other

town centre uses STC26 31-35 St Nicholas Way Retail, residential, offices STC27 Robin Hood School, St Nicholas

Way Residential, school, retail, community and leisure

STC28 St Nicholas Centre Car Park, St Nicholas Way

Car park, residential

STC29 St Nicholas House, St Nicholas Way

Residential, offices, retail

STC30 Robin Hood Lane Sites Health, residential, offices STC31 Gibson Road Car Park, Gibson

Road, Sutton Residential, offices, retail and community, car parking

STC32 City House, Sutton Park Road Residential, offices, other town centre uses

STC33 Land North of Grove Road Retail, offices, residential STC34 Greensleeves Manor, Grove Road Residential STC35 Copthall House, 9 Grove Road Residential, offices, retail, STC36 B&Q, Carshalton Road Residential, offices, retail, parking,

other town centre uses STC37 Wilkinsons, High Street, Retail, residential, offices,

community uses STC38 Houses adjacent to Manor Park Residential, retail, school STC39 Land to the rear of Times Square,

Throwley Way Retail, residential, offices

STC40 Times House, Throwley Way Residential, offices, and retail STC41 Times Square Car Park, Throwley

Way Residential, offices, retail and car parking.

STC42 Chaucer Estate, Chaucer Road Residential, allotments, school STC43 Benhill Estate, Benhill Road Residential STC44 Rosebery Gardens Residential STC45 Elm Grove Residential


6

STC46 Collingwood Estate, Colingwood Road, Sutton

Residential, schools

STC47 Sutton Court Residential Hackbridge S1 Felnex Trading Estate, London

Road Residential ,retail, employment, community and health

S2 Land adjacent to Hackbridge station, London Road

Residential, retail, employment, community and health

S3 Land North of BedZED, London Road

Open space, primary school and playing fields

S4 Vulcan House, Restmor Way Offices, employment, residential S5 Hackbridge Station and Car Park,

London Road Residential, employment, retail, car parking

Wallington S6 Railway Approach and Car Park,

off Manor Road Offices, residential, retail, leisure and car parking

S7 Wallington Square, off Woodcote Road

Retail, residential, offices

S8 Lidl, Beddington Gardens Retail, offices, residential S9 Ludlow Lodge, Alcester Road Residential S10 Land rear of 105 Stafford Road Residential, retail S11 Clifton Road Hall Community hall, residential S12 Wallington Hall and Car Park Residential, retail, public hall,

school, car park S13 Manor Road/Ross Parade Residential, retail, public house,

restaurant S14 31-35 Stafford Road Residential, retail, offices,

restaurant S15 Melbourne Road Car Park Residential, retail, offices, car park S16 Wallington Delivery Office,

Grosvenor Road Residential, offices

S17 Wallington Telephone Exchange, Melbourne Road

Residential, town centre uses

S18 Land at St Elphege’s Church, Stafford Road

Residential, retail, other

S19 75-77 Woodcote Road Residential S20 19 Stanley Park Road Residential S21 Crusader Hall, Stanley Park Road Residential, community S22 Travis Perkins, Ross Parade Residential, retail other town

centre uses S23 Shotfield Car Park, Shotfield,

Wallington Car park, residential, mixed District Centre uses

S24 Land to rear of 16-18 Stanley Park Road, Wallington

Residential, employment

Carshalton S25 Beacon Grove, High Street Residential, retail, offices S26 35-37a High Street Retail, offices, other town centre

uses, residential S27 Land rear of Charles Cryer Theatre Community uses, residential


7

S28 Stone Court offices, Mill Lane Offices, community facilities, residential

S29 Old School House, Mill Lane, Carshalton

Community, residential, offices

Cheam S30 21-25 Ewell Road Offices, residential, retail S31 40 The Broadway Retail, offices, residential S32 Peaches Court Sports Club Car

Park Sports facilities, carp park, residential

S33 HSS, Malden Road Retail, residential S34 42-52 Malden Road Residential, retail North Cheam S35 Victoria House, London Road Residential, retail, offices S36 Cheam Leisure Centre, 316 Malden

Road Community and leisure, residential

S37 McMillan House, 54-56 Cheam Common Road

Offices, residential

S38 667-671 London Road Council resource centre, offices S39 Wilsons Van Centre, London Road Residential, retail S40 Petrol Station, 688 London Road Residential, retail Rosehill S41 Co-op Supermarket, Wrythe Lane Supermarket, residential S42 Rear of Rosehill shops, Wrythe

Lane Retail, residential

S43 104-106 Rose Hill Residential, retail Worcester Park S44 Library Car Park Residential, offices, retail S45 1 Lynwood Drive Residential S46 165-181 Central Road Retail, offices, residential, open

space, other town centre uses S47 1-9 Windsor Avenue Retail ,offices, residential S48 Telephone Exchange, Longfellow

Road Residential offices, retail

S49 Stone Place Car Park Residential, car parking S50 Scout Hut, Braemar Road Community facilities, residential Suburban Heartlands S51 Haredon House, London Road,

Stonecot Residential, retail, offices

S52 Council Offices, Denmark Road, Carshalton

Residential

S53 Council Car Park, Denmark Road, Carshalton

Residential

S54 Trading Estate and Gas Holder, Plumpton Way, The Wrythe

Industry

S55 St Helier Hospital, Wrythe Lane, Rosehill

Health

S56 Wandle Valley Trading Estate, Mill Green Road, Hackbridge

Residential, employment/ industry, open space

S57 Mill Green Business Park, Mill Offices, residential


8

Green Road, Hackbridge S58 Hall, All Saints Road, Benhill Wood

Road, Sutton Residential, hall

S59 Former BIBRA site, Woodmansterne Road, Carshalton

Community, residential

S60 Sutton United Football Club, Gander Green Lane, Sutton

Sports ground and community facilities

S61 Land to the rear of 107 Westmead Road, Carshalton

Residential, retail, offices

S62 Allen House, 1 Westmead Road, Carshalton

Residential, offices

S63 Waddon House, 283 Stafford Road, Wallington

Offices, residential, industry

S64 Unicol House, 819-831 London Road, Stonecot

Offices, residential

S65 Aultone Way Allotments, Sutton Urban Green Space, allotments S66 Garages at Radcliffe Gardens,

Sutton Residential, garages

S67 Richmond Green, Beddington Residential S68 Assembly Walk, off Green Wrythe

Lane, Middleton Circle Residential, chapel/community facility

S69 Former Century Youth Centre, Fellowes Road, The Wrythe

Residential

S70 Warehouse, Ridge Road, Sutton Employment, residential S71 Camperdown House, 2a Hawthorn

Road Residential

S72 Depot, Waltham Road, The Wrythe Residential S73 Hill House, Bishopsford Road, St

Helier Community uses, residential

S74 Garden Land, Pine Walk, Carshalton

Residential

S75 Woodcote Grove House, Carshalton South and Clockhouse

Residential care home

S76 Land West of Beddington Lane, Beddington (A)

Open space, employment

S77 Land West of Beddington Lane, Beddington (B)

Open space, employment

S78 Land at Jessops Way, Beddington Race track, industry S79 73 Lower Pillory Down, Carshalton Agriculture, residential S80 Carshalton Social Club, North

Street, Carshalton Residential, community facility

S81 57 Montagu Gardens, Wallington Residential S82 Ambulance station, Harrow Road,

Carshalton Residential, community

S83 Stonecot Hill Car Wash, Sutton Common Road, Stonecot

Residential, retail

S84 Grace Court, Brighton Road, Belmont

Residential

S85 Former Henderson Hospital, Health, residential


9

Homeland Drive, Belmont S86 Hillcrest Hall, The Mount,

Carshalton and Clockhouse Residential, community hall

S87 Land north of Kimpton Park Way Burial space, Gypsy and Travellers site, open space

S88 Shanklin Estate, Brighton Road, Belmont

Residential, primary school

S89 224 Sutton Common Road, Sutton Residential, hotel and restaurant S90 Land west of Carshalton Athletic,

Colston Avenue, Carshalton Allotments, open space

S91 Ambulance Station, Bishopsford Road, St Helier

Community, residential

S92 Part of Rosehill Recreation Ground. Rose Hill, Sutton

Education, leisure facilities

S93 Reigate Avenue Recreation Ground (also known as The Daisy Field) Sutton

Open space uses, sports facilities

S94 Land at the end of Hannibal Way, Beddington

Gypsy and Traveller site, sports facility

S95 Surrey Tennis and Country Club, Hannibal Way, Beddington

Industry, leisure, open space

S96 Land west of Westfield Gardens, Woodmansterne Road, Carshalton

Open space, residential – family housing

S97 Former Playing Fields, Sheen Way, Wallington

Open space, residential, school

S98 Tennis Centre, Rosehill Recreation Ground. Rose Hill, Sutton

Education

S99 Collingwood Recreational Ground, Collingwood Road

Education and open space

Transport Schemes S100 Beddington Lane Road improvement scheme S101 Carshalton Village Traffic management scheme S102 Burnell Road/Lewis Road, Sutton Traffic management scheme S103 Grove Road/Brighton Road, Sutton New link road

NB: The London Cancer Hub is currently Issue 3 for discussion but, in later versions of this document, it may become a site allocation. Chapter 5: Glossary


10

THIS PAGE IS LEFT BLANK FOR PRINTING PURPOSES


11

Chapter 1 - Introduction

What is a Local Plan?

1.1 The Sutton Local Plan is a development plan document and is part of the Government’s planning policy system, which was introduced by the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act in 2004.

1.2 The purpose of the Sutton Local Plan is twofold:

(i) To set out and deliver the council’s long-term aims and aspirations for the borough; and, (ii) To provide a consistent basis for deciding planning applications

1.3 It deals with subjects such as: major new regeneration areas, new housing

development, retail, office and industrial development, infrastructure provision, the protection of green space, character and design, cutting pollution, climate change and transport. The plan will cover the time period of 2016 to 2031.

1.4 As part of the preparation of the Sutton Local Plan, this document has been

produced to set out the issues and options and any preferred policies the council may already have for public consultation. The consultation will last for approximately 6 weeks from Thursday, 18th February to Friday, 8th April 2016 and how to respond is set out on Page 14.

1.5 Following this consultation on the issues and options, responses will be

considered and then a draft Sutton Local Plan will be consulted upon. Following this second consultation, the Sutton Local Plan together with consultation responses will be submitted to the Planning Inspectorate for an Examination-in-Public. If the Sutton Local Plan is found sound, the council will adopt the plan.

1.6 Once adopted, the Sutton Local Plan will replace the Sutton Core Planning

Strategy (2009) and the Sutton Site Development Policies Development Plan Document (2012). It will not replace the South London Waste Plan (2012), produced with the London Borough of Croydon, the Royal Borough of Kingston and the London Borough of Merton, which will remain in force to the end of its plan period in 2021. The Local Plan should not affect the production of Hackbridge and Beddington Corner Neighbourhood Plan or the Beddington North Neighbourhood Plan.


12

What influences a Local Plan? 1.7 While one of the purposes of a local plan is to set out and deliver the council’s

aims and aspirations for the borough, the council cannot start with a blank piece of paper and unconstrained options. Figure 1 shows the principal influences on the Sutton Local Plan.

Figure 1: Principal Influences on the Sutton Local Plan

● The National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) – This is the

Government’s statement for national planning policy. To be found sound at the Examination-in-Public, a Local Plan must meet Paragraph 182 of the NPPF, which states a Local Plan must be (a) positively prepared to meet objectively assessed need; (b) justified by following the most appropriate strategy and evidence; (c) effective, in other words the plan should be deliverable and (d) consistent with the NPPF

● The London Plan – This is the Mayor of London’s statement on London

planning policy. Its policies are considerations when deciding planning applications submitted to the London Borough of Sutton. A Local Plan must be in “general conformity” with the London Plan, according to Section 24 of the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act

● Public Consultation – Councils are legally required to consult bodies and

persons they consider relevant and to take the representations from the bodies and persons into account. Councils are required to consult on at least two occasions in the preparation of the plan and this is the first consultation

● Council Priorities – The Sutton Local Plan should support the Council’s

overarching strategy document the Sutton Corporate Plan 2014/15 – 2018/19 (https://www.sutton.gov.uk/info/200436/customer_services/1067/satisfaction_and_performance/4)


13

● Changes to Permitted Development and Newly Arising Issues – A Local Plan needs to reflect changes in national legislation regarding planning, which is seeing a trend away from full planning applications to prior approvals (council’s judging potential development against a limited set of criteria) and to permitted development (development where no council consent is required). A Local Plan should also take account of newly arising issues which occur as a result of social changes, such as household growth and the over-provision of certain land uses and the need to protect land uses which are vulnerable but add to the general quality of life.

● Duty to Cooperate – The Duty to Cooperate is a legal requirement on the

council to engage with neighbouring authorities and certain major public bodies and infrastructure regulators to ensure strategic cross-boundary and regional needs are catered for, where appropriate and possible.

● Monitoring of Existing Policies and Development Management

Feedback – The council produces an Annual Monitoring Report which analyses how its planning policies are performing (https://www.sutton.gov.uk/info/200464/planning_policy/1419/annual_monitoring_report_amr) and the council has used the results of this analysis to inform future policy changes. On a more informal level, the plan also takes account of the opinions of Development Management officers who decide individual planning applications on a daily basis and are the “frontline” of planning.

● Sustainability Appraisal and Habitats Regulations – These are both

European directives which have been transposed into English legislation. The Sustainability Appraisal is a check that a Local Plan will achieve economic, social and environmental benefits and that any harm caused is mitigated by other factors. The Habitats Regulations considers the protection of European nature conservation sites.

Supporting Documents for Consultation 1.8 Aside from a Local Plan or a Local Plan Issues and Preferred Options

document, the council also produces a number of supporting documents, which are also open to consultation at the same time as this document. These are:

● The Sustainability Appraisal ● The Proposed Area Designations for the Proposals Map

The Proposals Map is a visual interpretation of a Local Plan and defines the boundaries for various land uses and proposed policies.

At the same time as the Local Plan consultation, the council will also be

consulting on ● The Development Framework for the London Cancer Hub ● Sutton Town Centre Masterplan


14

Evidence Base Documents 1.9 In order to ensure that the issues and options are realistic, the council has

produced a number of evidence base documents on a variety of topics. Although these are not part of the consultation, they are publicly available on the council’s website and include:

● Five Year Housing Land Supply ● Strategic Industrial Locations Land

Survey ● Housing and Economic Land Availability Assessment

● Town Centres and Economic Development Assessment

● Strategic Housing Market Assessment ● Sutton Town Centre Health Check ● Gypsy and Traveller Site Search ● District Centres Health Check ● Care Home Evidence Paper ● Local Centre Health Check ● Infrastructure Study ● Town Centre Uses Evidence Paper ● School Site Search ● Employment Land Review ● Open Space Study ● Locally Listed Building Review ● Sites of Importance for Nature Conservation Study

● Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land Review

● Characterisation Study ● Character of SRQ Areas ● Taller Buildings Study

1.10 In addition to studies produced by the council, the council utilises studies

produced by the Greater London Authority and other public bodies, such as the Office for National Statistics, Greater London Archaeological Service and Green Infrastructure in Greater London.

1.11 The supporting documents are available to view at

www.sutton.gov.uk/localplan. However, as stated above, only this document, the Sustainability Appraisal and the Proposed Area Designations for the Proposals Map are subject to consultation.

Consultation Arrangements 1.12 The consultation on this document and the Sustainability Appraisal, the

Proposed Area Designations for the Proposals Map runs from Thursday, 18th February to Friday, 8th April 2016.

1.13 The consultation arrangements include ● A dedicated webpage on the Sutton council website ● Documents being available at council offices and libraries for those without

internet access or dislike reading documents on-line ● Emails or letters to those groups and people who have requested to be on the Planning Policy Consultation database. If you wish to be added to the database, please email [email protected]

● Workshops and meetings which will be publicised on the webpage ● Facebook and Twitter 1.14 Representations should be sent to: [email protected] or

The Planning Policy Team, London Borough of Sutton, 24 Denmark Road, Carshalton. SM5 2JG


15

What happens after the Consultation 1.16 Immediately after this consultation, council officers will review the responses

make comments and then these will be considered by councillors. The remainder of the plan-making process, including the second consultation on the emerging plan, is set out in Figure 2.

Figure 2: Post Consultation Preparation of the Local Plan


16

Chapter 2 – Vision and Objectives

Situation, Challenges, Visions and Objectives

2.1 This chapter sets out a snapshot of the London Borough of Sutton, taken from the latest Annual Monitoring Report. From the snapshot, five key challenges have been identified. These key challenges provide the focus for the draft vision of the Sutton Local Plan and the draft objectives for the plan.

Figure 3: Trends, Challenges, Draft Vision and Draft Objectives

30 KEY TRENDS IN THE LONDON BOROUGH OF SUTTON

Sutton’s People

The population is increasing The population is ageing

The number of households is increasing The number of single-person households is decreasing

Mortality rates for major diseases are decreasing 16-year-olds achieving 5+ good GCSEs is high but steady

The number of school-age children is increasing Crime is falling

The Mayor’s housing target for the borough is increasing The number of affordable homes built is falling

Sutton’s Economy

The number of people in work is increasing The number of people unemployed is steady

Residents’ weekly pay is low and increasing slowly The number of new businesses is increasing The number of new jobs needed is increasing

Sutton’s Centres

The amount of retail floorspace is declining The amount of office floorspace is declining

The number of food outlets is increasing The amount of community space is increasing The amount of leisure floorspace is increasing


17

Sutton’s Linkages Car ownership is high but steady

Sutton is now one of only three boroughs lacking a London Underground or London Overground station

Sutton’s commuting to the wider south-east is increasing The percentage of people cycling to work is low but rising slightly

The percentage of people walking to work is falling

Sutton’s Environment Carbon emissions per person are falling gradually

The frequency and severity of storm events, heatwaves, water shortages and drought conditions are increasing due to climate change

Over 2,000 homes are located in areas at higher risk of flooding The quality of the River Wandle is improving

National air quality standards are not being met in some parts of the borough

5 KEY CHALLENGES

How to meet the need for more homes which are of the right quality at the right price

How to translate high educational achievement into high-paying local jobs

How to manage change on town centre high streets

How to meet transport and other infrastructure needs to support growth

How to deliver new homes and economic growth while enhancing the borough’s

environment

VISION

By 2031, many more new homes will have been built to provide for Sutton’s growing population. These homes will contribute to meeting the differing needs of Sutton’s residents. There will be affordable and starter homes, well-designed, low-carbon family homes to meet the needs of children and parents and specialist housing to cater for the needs of older residents and others. Growing our town centres, but

maintaining the characteristic, leafy and suburban feel of Sutton and the provision of enough schools and other facilities will mean there will be a high quality of life.


18

Our existing businesses and investors will still be thriving and will have been encouraged and supported to develop. They will be providing good employment

opportunities along with the new companies locating to Sutton who will be leaders in their field and who will be willing to pay for a local well-educated and highly

skilled workforce.

The high streets and shopping parades will have adapted to the new ways of shopping. A visit to the centres will be more of a day out than a shop. The high street environments will have been improved and shops and showrooms, fully

integrated with other ways of shopping, will be interspersed with cafes, restaurants, crèches, doctors and gyms and other community and leisure facilities.

Moving about Sutton will have become easier, quicker and more comfortable. A tram will run from Sutton Town Centre to Morden to link up with the underground and to Wimbledon to link up with train services improving the daily commute to

south west London and Surrey. The borough’s cycle network will be more extensive and safer making short trips by bicycle much more attractive and it will be safer and

more pleasant to walk to different destinations within the borough.

The quality of the borough’s environment will be improved for people and wildlife by cutting pollution, tackling the causes and impacts of climate change and enhancing

access to open space, woodland and important habitats. The River Wandle and other watercourses will be clean and achieve wider benefits for biodiversity,

managing flood risk, urban cooling, local amenity and public enjoyment. Local communities will be adapted to flooding, drought conditions and other extreme

weather events.

OBJECTIVES

Sutton’s People

1. To meet the borough’s share of London’s future housing need 2. To provide homes of the right price, of the right tenure and of the right size

for the borough’s current and future residents 3. To meet the needs of older people and other groups who need specialist

housing 4. To achieve the highest design and environmental standards possible and to

future proof houses in terms of a changing climate 5. To use the Green Belt, Metropolitan Open Land, the parks and other open

spaces to protect the open feel of the borough and its biodiversity 6. To ensure that additional growth is respectful of the suburban character and

historic elements of the borough 7. To provide the necessary education and health facilities and to ensure

utilities are fit for purpose


19

Sutton’s Business 8. To work with existing businesses so that they expand and help them to

enhance their premises 9. To provide new opportunities for new businesses to come and flourish in the

borough 10. To ensure that new businesses match residents expectations that they will

invest in local employment and training opportunities and that will fit the aspirations of Sutton

Sutton’s Centres

11. To ensure the borough’s centres and parades have a good range of high quality shops

12. To ensure the borough’s centres are adapted for 21st Century shopping 13. To ensure popular uses are located in the borough’s centres 14. To improve the public realm in the borough’s centres

Sutton’s Linkages

15. To improve public transport within the borough and across south London 16. To enhance cycle routes 17. To improve footpaths and encourage walking

Sutton’s Environment

18. To enhance the quality of the River Wandle and its benefits for people and wildlife

19. To reduce flood risk to and from new development 20. To cut pollution and address the causes and impacts of climate change by

promoting low carbon and environmentally sustainable developments

2.2 Section 19 of the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 (as amended)

requires that the Local Plan is integrated with the council’s sustainable community strategy. The council’s strategy contains four themes: (a) An Open Council (b) A Green Council

(c) A Fair Council (d) A Smart Council 2.3 As a check, the draft objectives in this document have been matched to the

sustainable community strategy themes and this is set out below: An Open Council 8, 9, 10 A Green Council 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 A Fair Council 1, 2, 3, 7, 11, 12, 13, 14 A Smart Council

?

Consultation Question: Challenges, Vision and Objectives Do you agree with the draft vision and draft objectives? If not, please explain why.


20

Chapter 3 – Policies

Introduction

3.1 This chapter sets out the issues and options that the council sees for development in the borough for the next 15 years. At the end of the chapter, there is also the option for raising issues that you consider the council may have missed.

3.2 With regard to some issues, the council is so constrained by the factors set

out in Figure 1 that to present an option would be a false choice. In these cases, a draft policy is produced for comment.

3.3 In the next stage, when a draft plan will be prepared, the options will be

worked up into policies and the current draft policies, included in this document, will be refined based on the responses received.

The Key Diagram 3.4 The diagram on the facing page sets out, in graphical form, the principal key

strategic issues on which the council is asking for views. More detail on these strategic issues is set out on the following pages.


Bedd

ington

Farm

lands

Bedd

ingt

on

Kim

pton

Poss

ible

Grow

th Ar

eas

Rene

wal A

rea

Larg

e Op

en S

pace

s / G

reen

Belt

Town

Cen

tres

Area

of P

otenti

al Int

ensif

icatio

n

Princ

ipal In

dustr

ial A

reas

Subu

rban

Hea

rtland

s

Poss

ible T

ram

Route

Futur

e En

ergy

Rec

over

y Fac

ility

and

Dece

ntrali

sed

Ener

gyCo

nnec

tion

Key I

ssue

s and

Opti

ons

for th

e Sutt

on Lo

cal P

lan

Janu

ary 2

016

Not t

o Sc

ale

This

map

is b

ased

on

Ord

nanc

e Su

rvey

mat

eria

l with

the

perm

issio

n of

Ord

nanc

e Su

rvey

on

beha

lf of t

he C

ontro

ller o

f Her

Maj

esty

’s St

atio

nery

Offic

e©

Cro

wn

copy

right

. U

naut

horis

ed re

prod

uctio

n in

fring

es C

row

ncop

yrig

ht a

ndm

ay le

ad to

pro

secu

tion

or c

ivil p

roce

edin

gs. 1

0000

8655

X 20

16

N

Focu

ssed

on

Sutto

nTo

wn C

entre

Spre

ad a

cross

the

centr

esSp

read

acro

ss

the ce

ntres

and

su

burb

an h

eartla

nds

Do yo

u su

ppor

t the

prop

osals

to re

vitali

seSu

tton

Town

Cen

tre?

Sutto

n

Cars

halto

n

Chea

m

Hack

brid

ge

North

Chea

m

Rose

hill

Wor

cest

erPa

rk

Do yo

u su

ppor

tpl

ans f

or re

newi

ngth

e Wan

dle V

alley

area

?

Do yo

u su

ppor

t pro

posa

ls fo

r:A

refur

bishe

d Ro

yal M

arsd

enHo

spita

l?An

exp

ande

d Ins

titute

ofCa

ncer

Res

earch

?A

cluste

r of m

edica

l res

earch

and

deve

lopme

nt bu

sines

ses?

Ane

w se

cond

ary s

choo

l?

Wall

ingt

on

Do yo

u su

ppor

t plan

s for

:A

tram

from

Rose

hill,

via S

t Heli

er H

ospit

al,

to Su

tton?

Atra

m fro

m Su

tton

to the

Lon

don

Canc

er H

ub?

Atra

m fro

m St

Heli

erHo

spita

l to M

itcha

mJu

nctio

n?

363

home

s per

year

15,00

0m² r

etail

1-2

seco

ndar

y sch

ools

423

home

s per

year

17,00

0 - 2

4,000

m² re

tail

2 -3

seco

ndar

y sch

ools

Mediu

m ter

m de

livery

of Tr

am

500+

hom

es p

er ye

ar25

,000m

² reta

il3

seco

ndar

y sch

ools

Shor

t ter

m de

liver

y of T

ram

HIGH MEDIUM LOW

WHA

T LE

VEL

OF G

ROW

TH?

WHA

T LO

CATI

ONOF

GRO

WTH

?

1 2 3


22

I-1

Sustainable Growth

Housing Targets I1.1 The Mayor of London sets an annual housing target for the borough. In his

current London Plan, the Mayor requires that a minimum of 363 net new homes are built in Sutton each year. This is a notable increase on the previous targets and above what the borough has delivered in previous years. In the past five years, the borough has averaged 330 net new homes per year, with a high of 580 in 2011-12 and a low of 178 in 2009-10.

I1.2 However, the Mayor’s targets for all boroughs are not enough to meet Greater

London’s housing need. To meet arising need and to deal with the housing need backlog across London, it is necessary to build 49,000 net new homes each year but the Mayor’s targets for all boroughs only add up to 42,000 net new homes each year. Therefore, there is a 7,000 net new homes per annum shortfall.

I1.3 If the 7,000 shortfall is spread across all the boroughs pro rata according to

their targets, the borough’s annual housing target would increase by 60 to 423 net new dwellings per year.

Figure 4: Increasing Housing Targets pro rata to meet the London Need 363 42,000 x 7,000 = 60

363 + 60 = 423

Housing Need I1.4 As part of the Local Plan preparation work, the council commissioned a

Strategic Housing Market Assessment (SHMA), which attempted to quantify the housing need within the borough. The forecasts were highly variable as shown in Table 1.

Table 1: Forecasts of Housing Need within the Borough Projection New homes per

year DCLG 2011-based Household Projections 1,261 DCLG 2008-based Household Projections 1,201 DCLG 2012 Population Projections with 2008 Household Formation 1,074 GLA 2013 Round Projections (High) 1,019 GLA 2013 Round Projections (Central) 890 GLA 2013 Round Projections (Low) 763

I1.5 It is clear that if the council tried to allocate sites to meet the forecasts in full,

the character of the borough would be irrevocably changed. However, the SHMA also identified that the borough has close housing market links with other boroughs in London and that the borough forms part of the overall


23

London housing market. Therefore, it is the council’s view that, as the borough is so constrained by Green Belt, Metropolitan Open Land and established suburban housing, the Mayor of London will be able to transfer some of the borough’s need to other areas of Greater London where there is more vacant land and better opportunities for housing intensification. This is recognised through housing targets set in the London Plan where higher targets are allocated to those boroughs with better opportunities for housing intensification.

Employment, Retail and Infrastructure Needs I1.6 Of course, with increased housing need, there comes a requirement for

increased employment opportunities and additional infrastructure. The borough is already short of available land to meet the industrial land need within the borough and further housing growth could lead to increased commuting. The employment land availability problem has been compounded by a drastic loss of office space over the past three years as a result of the government relaxing planning policy regarding offices converting to flats.

I1.7 Additional households will also require increased shopping opportunities. The

council has recently undertaken a Town Centres and Economic Development Assessment which identified the need for further shopping and food and beverage provision in the borough’s town centres.

I1.8 Finally, additional households will place a strain on existing infrastructure.

New infrastructure required is likely to include new transport links, which is why the council is keen for Tramlink to be extended to Sutton Town Centre and Belmont, new schools and additional health services. Further housing growth will also mean more people using the existing parks and open space.

Options I1.9 Table 2 sets out various options for growth on which we would like your views.

The low growth option is based on the Mayor’s current housing target. The medium growth scenario is based on the Mayor’s target plus meeting the borough’s share of the Greater London shortfall in housing. An alternative high growth strategy has also been identified. It covers a range based on a minimum of 500 new homes a year.

Table 2: Strategies for Growth Land Use Low Growth Medium Growth High Growth Housing (new homes per year) Minimum 363 Minimum 423 500+

Employment Land (new hectares) 0-9 10 11-29

Office Floorspace (gross m2) 0-22,000* 23,000* 24,000-54,000*

Retail Floorspace (gross m2) 0-33,000** 34,000** 35,000-50,000**

Food and Beverage (gross m2) 0-9,500*** 9,700*** 10,000-14,000***

Transport Tramlink likely to be

delivered in the long term

Tramlink likely to be delivered in the medium-term

Tramlink likely to be delivered in the short

to medium term


24

Secondary Schools 1-2 schools 2-3 schools 3 schools Primary Schools 1-2 schools 2-3 schools 3 schools Health (expanded or new local health facilities)

0-1 3-4 4-5

Access to Open Space (ha/1,000 population) 2.84 - 2.49

* Sutton Park House (G4S HQ) Carshalton Road, Sutton is approx 9,700 sq m ** Marks and Spencer, High Street, Sutton is approx 5,700 sq m *** Café Nero, Carshalton Road, Sutton is approx 300 sq m I1.10 There are advantages and disadvantages to each growth option. For

instance, a high growth strategy requires significantly more infrastructure and will impact on the amount of open space available to each resident. However, a low growth strategy could be argued as nowhere near the housing local people and London need.

? Consultation Question 1 Which growth scenario should the council plan for? Please give your reasons (optional) Is there any other growth scenario you would like to propose?


25

I-2

Spatial Strategy

I2.1 In addition to identifying the amount of growth, the council needs to consider

the location of growth. Current Strategy I2.2 In current planning policy, the Core Strategy 2009, the spatial strategy

focuses housing growth on certain town centres and their Areas of Potential Intensification (called Residential Sustainable Quality areas in the Core Strategy). Areas of Potential Intensification (APIs) are identified areas where higher housing density is potentially considered appropriate. They are concentric rings around town centres based on a walking distance of 400m to 800m from the town centre, the equivalent of 5 minutes’ and 10 minutes’ walk to the town centre respectively. The housing areas outside the APIs are referred to as “Suburban Heartlands”. The Core Strategy envisaged that 40% of new housing growth would occur in Sutton Town Centre and its API and 20% of the new housing growth would occur in Hackbridge and its API. The complete spatial strategy is set out in Table 3.

Table 3: 2009 Core Strategy Spatial Distribution, Permissions and Actual Delivery Location Current Spatial

Strategy Planning

Permissions 2009-15

Completions 2009-15

Sutton API 40% 29% 15% Hackbridge API 20% 14% 5% Wallington API 10% 5% 15% Other Centres APIs (Carshalton, Cheam, North Cheam, Rosehill, Worcester Park)

10% 7% 7%

Suburban Heartlands (outside APIs) 20% 46% 58%

I2.3 However, as the Completions 2009-15 column of Table 3 shows, the delivery

of new housing growth has not been in line with the spatial strategy. This is due to a number of factors: (a) the development of many sites in the Sutton Town Centre API stalled because of the economic downturn; (b) the principal site in Hackbridge has not been built despite having planning permission; (c) a number of the sites in the Suburban Heartlands increased their capacity, such as an increase on the expected delivery at The Hamptons of 184 units following a successful appeal by the developer, and (d) new windfall sites came forward, such as the former youth centre at Mollison Drive. For a future strategy, this means that there is still considerable capacity for development in the Sutton Town Centre API and Hackbridge.

Opportunity Area 12.4 The Mayor of London states in paragraph A1.4 of the London Plan that he is

assessing the potential for a new Opportunity Area in Sutton, possibly including Sutton Town Centre and the London Cancer Hub. The council is


26

currently considering the benefits of this status in terms of infrastructure delivery.

Future Strategy

I2.5 The strategy for the new Local Plan will be heavily dependent on available sites but there is still scope to consult on what is the most appropriate spatial strategy. Table 4 sets out three options for considerations with their likely implications.

Table 4: Options for the Spatial Strategy

Strategy 1 Strategy 2 Strategy 3

Sutton Town Centre-focussed

Multi-centred

Dispersed

● By far the largest amount of development in Sutton Town

Centre. ● Development in the District

Centres ● An appropriate level of

development in the Suburban Heartlands

● A large amount of development in Sutton Town

Centre ● Significant development in Wallington and Hackbridge, development in Carshalton, Cheam, North Cheam and

Rosehill ● An appropriate level of

development in the Suburban Heartlands

● Most development in Sutton Town Centre

● Significant development in the District Centres and the

Suburban Heartlands

Implications: ● The best option in terms of public transport accessibility and ability to walk to shops and services ● Likely to deliver high levels of development in a relatively small area ● Could be identified as an Opportunity Area in the Mayor of London’s London Plan ● Likely to require taller buildings ● Unlikely to provide family housing

Implications: ● The second best option in terms of public transport accessibility and ability to walk to shops and services ● May require taller buildings in District Centres ● May provide some family housing

Implications: ● The least sustainable strategy as it may cause a high level of private transport use ● Most likely strategy to provide family housing ● May need to utilise greenfield land to achieve housing target

? Consultation Question 2 Which spatial strategy do you support? Please give your reasons (optional) Is there any other strategy you would like to propose?


27

I-3

London Cancer Hub

The Site

I3.1 The council is proposing to create a new, world-class life science hub on the sites currently occupied by the Institute of Cancer Research, the Royal Marsden Hospital and Sutton Hospital. In discussions with the Institute of Cancer and the Royal Marsden Hospital, the council has learned that both institutions are keen to expand and modernise their existing facilities. Furthermore, the largest landowner at Sutton Hospital, Epsom and St Helier University Hospitals NHS Trust is currently reviewing its landholdings and future service needs. The other landowner at Sutton Hospital is the council which has purchased a portion of the site for a school.

I3.2 Therefore, there is a “once in a lifetime” opportunity to create the world’s

leading, life-science district specialising in cancer diagnosis, treatment, research, education and bio-tech production. The borough would benefit from having a high-tech, well-paying employment hub in Sutton. Life sciences is a sector of the economy that is growing rapidly and is predicted to grow strongly in the future and, despite the proposed creations of similar clusters in other part of London and East Anglia, the council is confident there is sufficient demand to meet the future floorspace being planned (London Cancer Hub: Stage One Report, JLL, 2015 www.sutton.gov.uk/localplan). Therefore, the current Sutton Hospital site could become home to medical research companies and bio-tech start-ups which would be attracted by, and benefit from, co-locating with the established and world class Institute of Cancer Research and Royal Marsden Hospital. A new school on the site could have a specialism in life sciences to complement the businesses and facilitate education pathways into the life science sector for young people in Sutton.

SWOT Analysis I3.3 To ensure the London Cancer Hub is realistic and deliverable, the council has

undertaken feasibility studies and a summary of these can be found in the Strengths/Weaknesses/Opportunities/Threats Analysis below.

Table 5: London Cancer Hub SWOT Analysis Strengths Weaknesses ● The Institute of Cancer Research and Royal Marsden Hospital are world-leading organisations and add “gravitas” ● The site is amongst the “Golden Triangle” cluster of world-leading universities, researchers and life science companies ●The site is close to Gatwick and Heathrow ● Its location provides access to skilled labour and venture capital ● The Site is also close to the Royal Surrey Hospital and the Cancer Partnership Research Group

● Potential tenants may be reluctant to relocate to the London Cancer Hub initially ● Transport infrastructure requires improvement ● Land is scarce and the cancer hub needs to be more than a laboratory and office space. It needs collaboration space and amenities ● Telecommunications and digital connectivity needs improving ● Attracting SMEs, which are major components in the life science market, requires business incubator space which is high risk ● Sutton’s housing costs may drive out junior employees


28

Opportunities Threats ● The life science industry is predicted to grow to over £1.4 trillion by 2018 and this should result in more life science companies chasing real estate stock. The London Stansted Life Science Corridor has predicted that employees in the region will grow by 14,000 in 2023. The London Cancer Hub partially helps to provide a solution to how land demand will match this growth ● The creation of the London Cancer Hub, together with the Surrey Cancer Research Institute, the University of Surrey and the Royal Surrey County Hospital, could create not only a life science network but a cancer life science network ● The London Cancer Hub could be an alterative to high London office prices and high Cambridge laboratory prices. There is also a lack of laboratory space in the south-east

● Sutton is not a top destination for venture capitalists which may be an issue for SMEs who rely on such funding ● On-site amenities, such as gyms and cafes, may be difficult to attract ● The London Cancer Hub will be competing with five other life science areas in London and two other ones in East Anglia.

Eliminating the Weaknesses and Neutralising the Threats I3.4 Half the weaknesses could be eliminated by infrastructure provision. An

extension to the Tramlink network to serve the Life Science Cluster could help to deal with the major transport issues and improved digital infrastructure could alleviate the current connectivity issues. The key to two of the other weaknesses is providing the right sort of space for new businesses, which will require extensive market research and close monitoring of take-up as the cluster develops. With regard to housing costs, although the borough’s housing costs are high, in the context of Greater London, they are relatively affordable.

I3.5 The threats could be neutralised by inviting public and private life science

funding to attract SMEs and on-site amenities. The council’s consultants are confident that the demand for medical research floorspace is strong enough to fill any floorspace created at the London Cancer Hub.

? Consultation Question 2a Do you support the development of the London Cancer Hub in principle? Please give your reasons (optional)

The Options I3.6 The council, in partnership with the Institute of Cancer Research, the Royal

Marsden Hospital and the Greater London Authority, has commissioned consultants to draw up options for the site and it is on these options that we would like your views. There are three options set out below:


29

Under this option, the London Cancer Hub could comprise the following uses: ● An expansion and enhancement of the current Institute of Cancer Research facilities (approximately 50,000m2 to 60,000m2 of floorspace) ● An expansion and enhancement of hospital accommodation, including of the current Royal Marsden Hospital facilities (approximately 65,000m2 to 75,000m2 of floorspace) ● Bio-medical innovation and support businesses with laboratory floorspace (approximately 70,000m2 to 100,000m2 of floorspace) ● Staff, visitor and patient accommodation, possibly including a patient or visitor hotel ● Gyms, cafes, convenience shops and public square ● Car park (approximately 20,000m2 to 30,000m2 of floorspace) The proposals would be supported by public transport improvements in accordance with the phasing of the development. These could include: ● Improvements to rail services serving Belmont and Sutton stations ● Delivery of a tram service to serve the site directly as a further extension of the current route proposed between Wimbledon and Sutton ● Improvements to bus services ● In addition, increased parking provision would be created and improvements would need to be made to support alterations to the public highway which would depend on the final design, type, amount and phasing of development. For detailed information on the plans for London Cancer Hub, such as road layout and building heights and land use mix, please consult the Draft Development Framework, which is being consulted upon in tandem with this document and submit your comments.


30

Under this option, the London Cancer Hub could comprise the following uses: ● An expansion and enhancement of the current Institute of Cancer Research facilities (approximately 50,000m2 to 60,000m2 of floorspace) ● An expansion and enhancement of hospital accommodation, including of the current Royal Marsden Hospital facilities (approximately 65,000m2 to 75,000m2 of floorspace) ● Bio-medical innovation and support businesses with laboratory floorspace (approximately 90,000m2 to 110,000m2 of floorspace) ● Staff, visitor and patient accommodation, possibly including a patient or visitor hotel ● Gyms, cafes, convenience shops and public square ● Car park (approximately 20,000m2 of floorspace) ● Re-provision of existing allotments with the creation of additional allotment space (approximately 400m2) to cater for those on the waiting list within the landscaped buffer area to the eastern fringe of the site to create one larger allotment for local people. The proposals would be supported by public transport improvements in accordance with the phasing of the development. These could include: ● Improvements to rail services serving Belmont and Sutton stations ● Delivery of a tram service to serve the site directly as a further extension of the current route proposed between Wimbledon and Sutton ● Improvements to bus services ● In addition, improvements would need to be made to support alterations to the public highway which would depend on the final design, type, amount and phasing of development. For detailed information on the plans for London Cancer Hub, such as road layout and building heights and land use mix, please consult the Draft Development Framework, which is being consulted upon in tandem with this document and submit your comments.


31

Under this option, the London Cancer Hub could comprise the following uses: ● An expansion and enhancement of the current Institute of Cancer Research facilities (approximately 50,000m2 to 60,000m2 of floorspace) ● An expansion and enhancement of hospital accommodation, including of the current Royal Marsden Hospital facilities (approximately 90,000m2 to 110,000m2 of floorspace) ● Bio-medical innovation and support businesses with laboratory floorspace (approximately 90,000m2 to 110,000m2 of floorspace) ● Staff, visitor and patient accommodation, possibly including a patient or visitor hotel ● Gyms, cafes, convenience shops and public square ● Car park (approximately 20,000m2 to 30,000m2 of floorspace) ● Re-provision of existing allotments with the creation of additional allotment space (approximately 400m2) to cater for those on the waiting list within the landscaped buffer area to the eastern fringe of the site to create one larger allotment for local people. The proposals would be supported by public transport improvements in accordance with the phasing of the development. These could include: ● Improvements to rail services serving Belmont and Sutton stations ● Delivery of a tram service to serve the site directly as a further extension of the current route proposed between Wimbledon and Sutton ● Improvements to bus services ● In addition, improvements would need to be made to support alterations to the public highway which would depend on the final design, type, amount and phasing of development. For detailed information on the plans for London Cancer Hub, such as road layout and building heights and land use mix, please consult the Draft Development Framework, which is being consulted upon in tandem with this document and submit your comments.


32

? Consultation Question 2b Which option do you prefer? Please give your reasons (optional)


33

I-4

Sutton Town Centre and Tramlink

I4.1 Sutton Town Centre faces a number of challenges over the course of the next

15 years which, if managed carefully by the council’s planning process, can result in a vibrant, attractive and enhanced town centre. Fortunately, these changes are occurring at a time when there are opportunities to capitalise on these changes. Table 6 sets out the drivers and opportunities for change.

Table 6: Drivers and Opportunities for Change in Sutton Town Centre Drivers for Change Opportunities for Change ● The need to accommodate a large proportion of the borough’s growing population in the town centre where most of the potential development sites are available ● Sutton town centre has demand capacity to take up to 25,000m2 of retail floorspace ● There is scope to increase the number of cafes, restaurants and bars by over 2,000m2 ● The rise in land values in central London and the movement of provision of services from central London to outer London. For instance, the office market after years of decline is turning a corner with rents rising ● A potential step change in public transport provision with the arrival of a tram service from Wimbledon, via Rosehill, to Sutton Town Centre and then on to the London Cancer Hub (see Issue 3) ● The opportunity to improve the cultural and arts offer, which is narrower than other centres ● The chance to reconfigure and improve the roads and streets in and around the town centre to make it a more pleasant place to visit. ● The major redevelopment of Croydon and the Crossrail 2 engineering work at Wimbledon may encourage shoppers to switch to Sutton

● A growing population in Sutton Town Centre will create demand in the town centre and a growing population across south west London will create demand from further afield ● The St Nicholas Centre is under new management and Times Square Shopping Centre is being redeveloped. The centre is also missing a number of big-name stores and cafes and independents may be attracted by the increased number of shoppers ● Subsea7 is already making the town centre the location for its headquarters and the council understands other major companies would also like to headquarter in Sutton ● TfL has agreed that the project is engineering feasible but funding has yet to be agreed ● The London Cancer Hub could provide over 6,000 new jobs and a tram connection to Sutton Town Centre would enable more people to reach Sutton Town Centre ● Strong local interest in the arts and participation in leisure events, such as the Sutton Theatres Trust ● The improvements can be made in conjunction with the engineering works for the tram ● There are a significant number of sites in and around the town centre capable of being redeveloped. Many of these sites are in the council’s ownership which means there is more certainty of redevelopment


34

I4.2 To ensure that the future redevelopments are co-ordinated, complementary and meet the needs of current residents, future residents, employees and employers, retailers and the voluntary sector, the council has commissioned the Sutton Town Centre Masterplan, a draft of which is also part of this consultation and can be viewed on the council’s website. The masterplan aims to set out a detailed land use framework for the town centre and a delivery and implementation strategy which will work alongside the draft policies and potential site allocations in this document to deliver the council’s aspirations in Sutton town centre.

Strategic Projects I4.3 The draft Sutton Town Centre Masterplan identifies some immediate projects

which can be delivered in the short term to help change perceptions of Sutton town centre and six strategic projects to incorporate growth and enhance Sutton Town Centre. These are:

Immediate Projects These include shopfront improvements, business incubator spaces in vacant or underused spaces, flexible lease terms for business start-ups, upgrading the market offer, engaging community groups in events, public art installations and making the streets busier. Strategic Projects

Transforming the St Nicholas Centre This includes creating an active frontage along St Nicholas Way, making the centre a venue for events and activities and linking it more closely with the High Street

Create a New South London Destination with Culture, Leisure and Residential Activity South of Peacocks/Metro Bank and uphill towards the station, the draft masterplan proposes a restaurant area, with an emphasis on independent outlets, and a place for outdoor arts and contemporary festival activities

Redevelop the Civic Centre The new uses for the site could include a residential-led mixed-use scheme, re-provided council offices and library, a performance or arts facility (particularly if the Secombe Theatre were redeveloped) and small business space.

Create a New Residential Neighbourhood at the North The northern (downhill) area is currently host to the Gasholder development and the Burger king development but there are a number of other opportunities to create an improved residential neighbourhood in this area. The opportunities include utilising surface car parks and service yards, developing left over parcels of land, providing a more efficient use of the existing housing layouts and improving the existing quality of housing as well as redeveloping vacant or underperforming retail frontages.

A New Employment Area at and around Sutton Railway Station The draft masterplan identifies Sutton Railway Station as a potential focus for office employment and recommends office-led mixed-use development for this area.

Transform the Gyratory


35

? Consultation Question 4a Do you agree with the strategic projects set out in the draft masterplan? Please give your reasons (optional)

The One-Way Gyratory

I4.4 There is a need to consider how the gyratory operates. There is no doubt it is quite efficient at moving traffic around what was once a congested high street and a busy crossroads and has enabled the High Street to be pedestrianised. However, it is a far from attractive environment and acts as a “concrete collar” around the town centre limiting eastward and westward development.

I4.5 The draft Sutton Town Centre Masterplan proposes three options for the

gyratory, which would be subject to the availability of funding. In all three options, a public transport corridor (including provision for a tram) would follow the route of the existing one-way traffic gyratory. The main difference between the options is the extent to which the roads which currently make up the gyratory are converted to all two-way traffic operation.

Option 1: Retains the current one-way system but focuses on improving the

environment by, principally, traffic calming and also ensuring that there are buildings with active frontages, retail and commercial uses on well-used corners, more landscaping, street trees, and signage. A tram would follow the existing one-way system.

Option 2(a): Turns part of the existing gyratory into two-way traffic operation

(St Nicholas Way or Throwley Way) with public realm and environmental improvements. This would reduce the racetrack nature of these streets while retaining a circular route for a tram around the town centre on these streets.

Option 2(b): This is similar to Option 2(a) except all of the existing gyratory is

converted into two-way traffic operation with public realm and environmental improvements. A tram would follow a circular route around the town centre on these streets.

In the case of options 2(a) and 2(b), detailed studies would need to be

undertaken to establish the feasibility and costs of delivering these options Diagrams for the options can be seen on page 39.

? Consultation Question 4b Which option(s) for the Sutton Town Centre gyratory do you prefer? Please give your reasons (optional) Is there any other design you would like to propose?


36

Tramlink I4.6 The council, together with the London Borough of Merton, has been working

closely with Transport for London for an extension of the South London tram network from Wimbledon, via Rosehill, to Sutton Town Centre and then, in the longer term, to the proposed London Cancer Hub, near Belmont.

I4.7 The benefits to the borough are numerous and include1:

A potential 10,000 additional jobs Reduced journey times locally and to central London Increased spending into the Sutton economy 59,000 people will benefit from access to Tramlink Reduced road congestion Improved air quality and a healthier environment

I4.8 In the summer of 2013, the council consulted on the extension of Tramlink

and the proposed route. Of the 9,846 respondents, 84% strongly supported or supported the proposals, 11% of the respondents strongly objected or objected to the proposals and the remainder had no strong views or were unsure. In terms of serving St Helier Hospital, 67% of Sutton respondents supported this route with 17% opposing and 16% unsure. In terms of using the gyratory or the High Street, 65% of Sutton respondents supported using the gyratory and 14% supported using the High Street with 20% unsure.

I4.9 The council would like any further opinions on the Rosehill-St Helier- Sutton

route and is particularly interested to hear your views on the proposed extension to the London Cancer Hub and a possible but very long-term route from St Helier Hospital to Willow Lane Industrial Estate and Mitcham Junction (both in the London Borough of Merton), This latter route is currently safeguarded in the existing plan.

I4.10 A thematic map of the proposed Tramlink routes can be found on page 40.

? Consultation Question 4c Do you have any further opinions on the Rosehill-St Helier- Sutton Town Centre route?

? Consultation Question 4d Do you support a Tramlink extension from Sutton Town Centre to the London Cancer Hub? Please give your reasons (optional)

1 The Benefits of Tramlink (Nathaniel Lichfield Planning, 2013)


37

? Consultation Question 4e Do you support a longer-term Tramlink extension from St Helier Hospital to Mitcham Junction? Please give your reasons (optional)

Where to find more information and comment on detailed proposals for Sutton Town Centre and Tramlink? The draft Sutton Town Centre Masterplan (www.sutton.gov.uk) This document: potential site allocations in Sutton Town Centre: STC1 to STC47, S104 and S104 Proposed Area of Taller Building Potential for Sutton Town Centre: Map 1.51 Proposed Area Designations for the Proposed Map: Map 3.2: Proposed Tramlink Extensions Proposed Area of Potential Intensification for Sutton Town Centre: Map 4.1 Sutton Town Centre (Boundary): Map 5.2


public transportcorridor

possible futureextension

directionof traffic

Reproduced from Ordnance Survey © Crown Copyright. London Borough of Sutton 100008655X 2016

existinggyratory



directionof traffic

Option 1The one way traffic gyratoryis maintained but trafficcalming is introduced toimprove the public realm.The public transport corridorfollows the route of thegyratory.


Option 2aThe public transportcorridor follows the same route as Option 1but St Nicholas Wayand Throwley Way are converted to allow two-way traffic flows. The southern end of the existing gyratoryremains as existing.



directionof traffic


Option 2bThe public transportcorridor follows the same route as Option 1but all the roads thatform part of the existinggyratory are convertedto two-way traffic flows.

Options for Transformingthe Existing One WayGyratory Traffic System


Mitc

ham

Junc

tion

Ros

ehill

Rou

ndab

out

St H

elie

r H

ospi

tal

Ros

ehill

Par

k

Sutto

n Te

nnis

Cen

tre

Cro

wn

Roa

d

St N

icho

las

Way

Sutto

n St

atio

n

Thro

wle

y W

ay

Hig

h St

reet

Nor

th

Sutto

n G

reen

Ang

el H

ill

LB

MER

TON

Lond

onC

ance

rH

ub

Tram

link:

Pref

erre

d R

oute

Dec

embe

r 201

5

Not

to S

cale

This

map

is b

ased

on

Ord

nanc

e Su

rvey

mat

eria

l with

the

perm

issio

n of

Ord

nanc

e Su

rvey

on

beha

lf of t

he C

ontro

ller o

fH

er M

ajes

ty’s

Stat

ione

ry O

ffice

© C

row

n co

pyrig

ht.

Una

utho

rised

repr

oduc

tion

infri

nges

Cro

wn

copy

right

and

may

lead

to p

rose

cutio

n or

civi

l pro

ceed

ings

. 100

0086

55X

2015

Exi

stin

g Tr

am R

oute

Pref

erre

d Tr

am R

oute

(Pha

se 1

indi

cativ

e)

Pref

erre

d Tr

am R

oute

(Pha

se 2

indi

cativ

e)

N

Wor

cest

erPa

rk

Nor

thC

heam

Wal

lingt

on

Ros

ehill

Sutto

n

Car

shal

ton

Che

am

Hac

kbrid

ge

Bed

ding

ton

Lane

Ther

apia

Lane


40

I-5

Wandle Valley Renewal

I5.1 The Wandle Valley is one of three growth corridors identified as of “city region

importance” by The Mayor of London in his current London Plan. The Mayor has also published an area framework for the Wandle Valley as part of his All London Green Grid initiative which is focussed on open space, biodiversity, sustainable transport, urban greening and heritage improvements.

I5.2 The River Wandle itself rises at Carshalton Ponds and Waddon Ponds (in the

London Borough of Croydon). The Waddon Wandle passes through Beddington, Beddington Park and joins the Carshalton Wandle at Wilderness Island (north of Carshalton). The river skirts Hackbridge, flows across Mill Green (where it meets by the principal drain from Beddington Farmlands) and then crosses the borough boundary into the London Borough of Merton. From there, it flows on to the Thames at Wandsworth. For the purposes of this document, the Wandle Valley is taken to mean Beddington Village and its surroundings, Beddington Park, Beddington Farmlands, Beddington Strategic Industrial Location, Hackbridge and its surroundings and Beddington Corner. It includes part of the Wandle Valley Regional Park which also covers other open space areas in the borough.

I5.3 Although potentially one of the most picturesque and liveable parts of the

borough, the Wandle Valley currently suffers from some poor former public sector housing, low-grade industrial environments, a lack of shops and services, inaccessible public space, flooding and poor environments around some roads. Therefore, the council is keen to see improvements to the area. A number of initiatives are already planned and the council would expect other planning proposals in the Wandle Valley area to support these initiatives and enhance the environment of the area.

I5.4 Table 7 lists of the planned improvements to the Wandle Valley area. Table 7: Planned Improvements to the Wandle Valley Area New Homes

● The council will work with developers to deliver family housing at Corbet Close, Hackbridge, Nightingale Close, Hackbridge, and Richmond Green, Beddington ● The council will work with developers to deliver housing, with a sizeable family element, on part of the Wandle Valley Trading Estate, Beddington Corner ● The council will work with developers to deliver housing, with a significant family element, on part of the Felnex site in Hackbridge ● The council will work with developers to deliver new housing on part of the industrial estate north of Hackbridge station

New Shops ● The council will continue to promote Hackbridge as a District Centre ● The council will work with the relevant developers to deliver additional retail floorspace on part of the Felnex site and on some of the industrial estate north of Hackbridge station

New Employment

●The council will work with developers to deliver new, improved industrial premises at the Wandle Valley Trading Estate, Beddington Corner ● The council will work with the Greater London Authority and landowners to deliver a more efficient use of land on the Beddington Industrial Estate


41

New Infrastructure

● The council will work with Viridor to produce decentralised energy to the Felnex site in Hackbridge initially and then beyonf as part of further progress ● The council will deliver a new primary school on the land north of BedZED, Hackbridge ● The council will work with the Sutton Clinical Commissioning Group to deliver new health facilities on the Felnex site, Hackbridge ● The council will work with Network Rail to produce an improved forecourt at Hackbridge station

New Open Spaces

● The council will ensure that Beddington Farmlands is restored according to the Conservation Management Plan to produce the largest open space area within the Wandle Valley Regional Park scheme. The council will also ensure that Beddington Farmlands provides high-quality open space for local use and a wildlife habitat to a standard that will enhance the biodiversity of the area ● The council will make improvements to Beddington Park, subject to funding

Better Transport

● The council will work with Transport for London and landowners to improve access to and from Beddington Lane and Beddington Industrial Estate ● The council will work with Transport for London to improve the condition of and environment around Beddington Lane and the Beddington Industrial Estate ● The council will improve signage across the Wandle Valley

Better Environment

● The council will work with Thames Water to reduce the effects of Beddington Sewage Treatment Works on the environment ● The council will work with Transport for London to reduce the effects on air quality and encourage sustainable transport The council will work with Transport for London to improve the quality of the public realm in Beddington Village ● The council and landowners will work to repair heritage assets in poor repair in Beddington Park ● The council will expect new development to be of high-quality design and any taller buildings to respect the surrounding built form and neighbouring uses

Community Initiatives

● The council, Viridor and community groups will collaborate to achieve public realm improvements, according to residents wishes, using the Community Fund ● The council will allow community groups to deliver a new local facility at Culvers Lodge, Hackbridge ● The council will work with the Hackbridge and Beddington Corner Neighbourhood Forum to produce a Neighbourhood Plan ● The council will work with the Beddington North Neighbourhood Forum to produce a Neighbourhood Plan

The River Wandle

The council will work with Transport for London (Sustrans), the Environment Agency, Thames Water, The London Wildlife Trust, the Wandle Valley Regional Park Working Group, Groundwork London and The Wandle Trust to: ● Improve the water quality of the river, in particular lowering levels of phosphates and limiting sewage and road run-off ● Expand the network of walking and cycling routes ● Enhance the river banks ● Take a river-wide corridor approach to manage flooding, make adaptations to climate change and provide sustainable drainage ● Mitigate the effects of barriers on wildlife migration ● Achieve good ecological potential for the River Wandle by 2027

?

Consultation Question 5 Do you support the planned improvements to the Wandle Valley area? Please give your reasons (optional) Are there any other schemes that should be included?


Wan

dle

Valle

yR

enew

al

Wan

dle V

alley

Reg

ional

Park

Bedd

ington

Par

kPu

blic A

cces

sRe

strict

ed A

cces

sOt

her p

arts

of the

Par

kNe

w Ho

mes

New

Shop

sNe

w or

Impr

oved

Emplo

ymen

t Are

asNe

w En

ergy

Rec

over

yFa

cility

and

Infra

struc

ture

for L

ocal

Ener

gy S

upply

New

Healt

h Fa

cility

New

Loca

l Fac

ility

New

Scho

olNe

w Fo

otpath

Impr

oved

Roa

dIm

prov

ed S

tation

For

ecou

rtRi

ver E

nhan

ceme

ntsHe

ritage

Enh

ance

ments

Wan

dle V

alley

Reg

ional

Park

boun

dary

Sep

tem

ber 2

015

Not

to S

cale

N

This

map

is b

ased

on

Ord

nanc

e Su

rvey

mat

eria

l with

the

perm

issio

n of

Ord

nanc

e Su

rvey

on

beha

lf of t

he C

ontro

ller

of H

er M

ajes

ty’s

Stat

ione

ry O

ffice

© C

row

ncop

yrig

ht.

Una

utho

rised

repr

oduc

tion

infri

nges

Cro

wn

copy

right

and

lead

to p

rose

cutio

n or

civi

l pro

ceed

ings

. 100

0086

55X

2015

New

and

Impr

oved

Emplo

ymen

tOp

portu

nities

Hack

bridg

eNe

w Di

strict

Centr

e

New

and

Impr

oved

Recre

ation

al Fa

cilitie

s


43

I-6

Other District Centres

I6.1 The borough’s District Centres (Carshalton, Cheam, Hackbridge, Rosehill,

Wallington and Worcester Park) are the borough’s secondary centres for shops and services and they tend to be served by good public transport links. Contrary to public perception, the District Centres have weathered the economic downturn well, as the vacancy rates in Table 8 show. The centre with the highest vacancy rate is North Cheam but this centre is blighted by the semi-derelict Victoria House, whose redevelopment has been delayed.

Table 8: District Centres and Vacancy Rates, March/April 2015 Centre Vacancy Rate North Cheam 15.9% UK 10.2% Greater London 6.8% Rosehill 6.8% Wallington 6.7% Carshalton 6.1% Worcester Park 6.0% Cheam 4.4% Hackbridge 0%

Sutton Town Centre & Economic Development Assessment, 2015/BRC-Springboard Footfall and Vacancies Monitor April 2015 I6.2 However, the borough’s District Centres do face challenges in the future.

These include: ● Adapting to changing retail trends, such as the increase in internet shopping; ● Providing office space that is suitable for modern-day working and attractive to business; ● Attracting more services to the centres, such as health centres and crèches; ● Providing more homes within the centres; ● Improving the public realm to make the centres more attractive, and, ● Traffic management

I6.3 Table 9 sets out the aspirations the council has for each district centre and the

aspirations are set out in the indicative maps which follow this issue. The aspirations have been formulated from the Town Centre and Economic Development Assessment (2015), urban design analysis and knowledge of developable sites. In this table, the term “services” is used to describe: ● Financial services, such as banks and building societies, professional services including estate and employment agencies (A2 uses) ● Clinics, health centres, crèches, day nurseries, day centres, schools, art galleries, museums, libraries, halls, law courts and non-residential education and training centres (certain D1 uses) ● Cinemas, music and concert halls, bingo and dance halls, swimming baths, skating rinks, gymnasiums or areas used for indoor sports or recreation uses (certain D2 uses).


44

Table 9: Council Aspirations for District Centres Wallington

Boundary: An extension of Wallington Town Centre to include the shops along Stafford Road to the Sandy Lane junction Retail and Services: An increase the number of outlets for convenience (regular) and comparison (one-off) shopping and food and beverage, and encourage more service and leisure outlets into the centre Offices: The refurbishment of existing office space to modern requirements, new-build bespoke office development and suitable office space for start-ups and fledgling enterprises Public Realm: Encourage more pedestrian movement across Woodcote Road, improve the entrances/exits to the station, create a pedestrian walk from Stanley Park Road and the Jubilee Health Centre, past the library to the station Major Redevelopment Sites: Wallington Hall and some of the car park to the rear, Wallington Square, the Delivery Office and the area around the station, a refurbishment of Sainsburys so that it is more inviting from Woodcote Road and appropriate intensification of existing underused sites in the centre and its API

Carshalton Retail and Services: A refurbished and more coherent shopping frontage on the northern side of Carshalton High Street, including more convenience, comparison shopping and food and beverage outlets. An improved services and leisure offer, including the community-run Charles Cryer Theatre Offices: The refurbishment of office space to modern requirements and suitable new office space for start-ups and fledgling enterprises Public Realm: Improved traffic management along the High Street and around Carshalton Ponds Major Redevelopment Sites: The redevelopment and refurbishment of Beacon Grove shopping area to be more in keeping with Carshalton’s village feel and the appropriate intensification of existing underused sites in the centre and its API

Cheam Retail and Services: An increase in the number of convenience, food and beverage and service outlets by using existing vacant shops Offices: The refurbishment of office space to modern requirements and suitable new office space for start-ups and fledgling enterprises Public Realm: A reduction in the dominance of traffic at the crossroads Major Development Sites: None but the appropriate intensification of existing underused sites in the centre and its API

North Cheam

Retail and Services: An increase in the number of convenience, food and beverage and service outlets by using existing vacant shops Offices: The refurbishment of office space to modern requirements and suitable new office space for start-ups and fledgling enterprises Public Realm: The creation of a better link between Sainsburys and the rest of the centre Major Development Sites: The urgent redevelopment of Victoria House and the appropriate intensification of existing underused sites in the centre and its API

Rosehill Transport: The introduction of Tramlink services linking Rosehill to Sutton Town Centre and the London Cancer Hub to the south and Morden and Wimbledon to the north Retail and Services: An increase in the number of convenience, food and beverage and service outlets by using existing vacant shops and the revival of the Rosehill market Offices: The refurbishment of office space to modern requirements and suitable new office space for start-ups and fledgling enterprises Major Development Sites: The redevelopment and refurbishment of the Co-operative supermarket and the appropriate intensification of existing underused sites in the centre and its API


45

Worcester Park Transport: Working in collaboration with The Mayor of London and the Royal Borough of Kingston, the introduction of Crossrail 2 services at Worcester Park station Retail and Services: An increase in the number of convenience, food and beverage and service outlets by using existing vacant shops Offices: The refurbishment of office space to modern requirements and suitable new office space for start-ups and fledgling enterprises Public Realm: A reduction in the dominance of traffic along Central Road and a consequent improvement in the air quality in the vicinity Major Redevelopment Sites: None but the appropriate intensification of existing underused sites in the centre and its API

? Consultation Question 6 Do you support the aspirations for the District Centres? Please give your reasons (optional) Are there any other schemes that should be included?


46

Carshalton District Centre Carshalton is an historic district centre and was designated a conservation area in 1968. The focus of the centre is Carshalton High Street, which includes a mixture of uses, and is adjacent to the historic and attractive Carshalton Ponds and Honeywood Museum. On the High Street, there are chain and independent retailers, professional services, cafes and restaurants. There is also a theatre as well as a number of historic pubs, a leisure centre and library. On the whole, there is a high standard of design. The centre does, though, suffer from considerable traffic congestion, particularly in the area of the Ponds, and in the narrower parts of the High Street, being located on the strategic road network. Strengths The presence of two large supermarket chains in Sainsbury’s and Co-op, as well as a

couple of national multiple chain retailers. The centre is well served by car parking. A good mix of retail units, including a small number of independent retailers that are well

supported by local residents. Low vacancy rates in the primary and secondary shopping frontages. The centre contains a number of buildings of heritage value which gives it a “village” feel A selection of community facilities, including a leisure centre, library and a theatre.

Weaknesses Carshalton suffers from traffic congestion as a result of a combination of the narrowness

of the roads and the Carshalton Ponds to the west of the district centre. The pharmacy on the northern side of the high street, together with the Beacon Grove

shopping centre area, to its immediate east, are of a poor design and detract from the character of the conservation area.

Retail provision is orientated towards food and convenience shopping – comparison goods’ shopping is centred around independents, including some specialist and niche traders, which leaves an opportunity for further comparison good provision.

Opportunities / Proposals 1. There is an opportunity to take Beacon Grove shopping centre, together with the

pharmacy to the immediate west and the flats at the rear and redevelop the whole area, providing a new, high-quality, small-scale shopping centre that makes a positive contribution to the centre’s character and provides more independent comparison stores.

2. To the east of the Beacon Grove shopping centre there is a vacant estate agent’s and, together with the Charles Cryer theatre, the Thai restaurant and Fox and Hounds public house, there is an opportunity for a long-term redevelopment making better use of the space.

3. The Forge, currently a derelict and unsafe structure, has planning permission to be replaced with a new dentist surgery (with residential uses) which will complement other town centre uses.

4. Transport for London has proposed that there may be an opportunity, subject to funding, to create a traffic management scheme for heavy good vehicles meaning HGVs avoid Carshalton High Street in a westbound direction. This will improve traffic flow and the pedestrian experience at Carshalton Ponds and on the High Street.

Threats The HGV traffic routing is subject to funding New development would have to enhance the character of the conservation area and

quirky designs might deter national multiple retailers occupying retail outlets.


*

T h e G r o v e P a r k

5Buildings making a positive contribution

Buildings making a negative contribution

Listed and Locally listed buildings

Prominant / feature building

Opportunity Area

Area with potential for midrise development

Improvements required for betterpedestrian movement

Area of traffic congestion detracts from area

District Centre boundary

Carshalton

H I G H S T R E E T

B R O O K S I D ETHE

SQUARE

CARSHALTON P LACE

WES

TCRO

FTRO

AD

S C AW E N C L O S E

A C R E L A N E

ROTHERF IELD

PARKLANE

*

5

TA L B O T R O A D

*

*

1

23

4

C a r s h a l t o nP a r k

R U S K I N R O A D


48

Cheam District Centre Cheam District Centre is an historic District Centre and was designated a Conservation Area in 1970. The focus of the centre is the crossroads which links The Broadway with the High Street, Station Way and Ewell Road. The centre includes some fine mock-Tudor buildings and a good selection as chain and independent retailers as well as a number of professional services. It also has a high proportion of restaurants and cafes. As a major traffic junction, the centre suffers from traffic congestion. In the past three years, the centre has seen a significant loss of office employment as the permitted development right to convert to flats has proved particularly popular in Cheam. Strengths The presence of two large supermarket chains in Waitrose and Sainsburys as well as

other significant national chain retailers and the centre is well served by car parking A healthy proportion of independent retailers which are well supported by local residents. Very low vacancy rates in the primary and secondary shopping frontages A large number of cafes and restaurants which has been a town centre sector which has

weathered the economic downturn well A high proportion of attractive buildings, many of heritage value which make for a

generally pleasant townscape within a Conservation Area Well served by bus services and a railway station just beyond the District Centre

boundary. A selection of civic and community facilities, including the Parochial Rooms, Whitehall,

religious buildings, meeting halls and a library

Weaknesses Cheam is dominated by the crossroads but a combination of the narrowness of the roads,

on-street parking, bus turning and stopping leads to congestion and detracts from the centre’s overall attraction.

Although many of the buildings are of good architectural merit, the Sainsburys block and the library are poor quality developments.

Opportunities / Proposals 1. The Waitrose block, 40 The Broadway, has been granted permission for an additional

floor and a new façade. The new façade will be in a mock-Tudor style, reflecting the predominant architectural style in Cheam, and will be a considerable improvement on the grey, concrete slab front which is currently in place.

2. Jane Seymour House, Ewell Road, has a prior approval to convert from offices to flats 3. The removal of the wall between the war memorial and Malden Road would make both

the memorial and library more inviting and accessible and would go some way to improving the overall setting of the war memorial.

4. St Dunstan’s Church and the Old Farmhouse are both fine buildings but they do not integrate well with the rest of the centre. Measures to improve the interaction between pedestrians and vehicles around the church would be beneficial. The church is notable as its spire can be seen from some distance away.

Threats

The further loss of offices in the centre, leading to the loss of daytime vitality in the centre and the creation of a dormitory town.


PA R K S I D E

PA R K L A N E

MICKLEHAM

GARDENS

CHEAMPARK

WAY

Cheam Station

Opportunity site

Area of traffic congestion which detractsfrom the area


Buildings making a positive contribution


Listed building

Locally listed Building

Prominent / feature building*

ST

DU

NS

T AN

’ S H

I L LA

2 1 7

Cheam

*

*2

1

3

PARK ROAD

TA B O R

GAR

DEN

S

S C O T S D A L E C L O S E

RO

AD

DALLAS

E W E L L R O A D

H I G HSTREET

CHURCH ROAD

L O V E L A N E

STATION

WAY

L A N E

PARK

MALDEN RO

AD

THE

BRO

ADW

AY

*


50

North Cheam District Centre North Cheam lies at the crossroads of two heavily trafficked roads: the A24 which is part of London’s strategic road network and the A2043, part of an important orbital route linking Croydon and Kingston. The centre is well served by bus routes but the nearest rail station is at Worcester Park or Cheam. The centre developed during the 1930/50s around the crossroads and in a north-easterly direction along London Road (A24). Since that time more recent buildings in the form of Sainsburys and McDonald’s restaurant have meant that the eastern end of the centre is now rather loosely defined particularly with Sainsbury’s supermarket sitting behind the main retail frontage. The store is the main retail attractor of the centre and has a large two level car park which serves the whole centre. However, connections between the store and its car park and rest of the centre are poor. The remainder of the shops are mainly independents. Strengths The centre is well served by buses and has good levels of public car parking The council and Greater London Authority have recently invested in public realm

improvements and improved the quality of the centre It is served by a major supermarket

Weaknesses Victoria House which sits on the crossroads has been an eyesore for many years and

depresses the appearance of the centre. Through traffic very much dominates the centre and divides it into a series of shopping

frontages. Furthermore, the position of Sainsburys and its poor linkages with the rest of the centre

means that the centre lacks cohesion. Linkages between the store and its car park and the rest of the centre are poor.

North Cheam has the highest number of shop vacancies of all the district centres in the borough by some margin.

There are noticeable gaps in the frontages at the eastern end of the centre giving the appearance of isolated parades/buildings and no clear start/finish to the centre.

Opportunities / Proposals 1. Victoria House is an opportunity to complete the fourth corner of the crossroads with a

landmark development that respects the character of the other buildings along with public realm improvements.

2. An opportunity for small-scale, mixed-use development and improved links to the housing behind.

3. An opportunity to consider how the main shopping frontage can be linked to the Sainsburys/car park creating improved public space with uses fronting on.

4. Consider how the existing drive-through restaurant could be reformatted to provide a more continuous street frontage.

5. Consider whether there is scope to reprovide car parking in a different format so as to open up opportunities to create new development opportunities and provide a landmark/gateway to the centre.

6. Possible future mixed use redevelopment with improved frontages to London Road and Cheam Common Road.

Threats The district centre beyond Sainsburys declines particularly due to traffic congestion.


Fairlands Park

xxxx

xxxx

5

Landmark Site requiringhigh quality mixed-use

4

3

6

12

Better integration ofsuperstore/car parkand rest of centre

Lack of clarity over theboundary to the centreand gaps in the frontageof centre.

Superstorexx

xxxx

xxxx

x

Buildings making a positive contributionor could with improvements / better maintenance


Breaks in building frontage

Opportunity site


Improve linkage

Area of traffic congestion which detractsfrom the area


North Cheam

xxxxxxxx

LLOYDROAD

COURTENAYROAD

LAVENDERAVENUE

MALDEN ROAD

LONDON

ROAD A2 4

LONDON

ROAD

A 2 4

SENHOUSERD

CLOSE

SOMERSET C H U R C HH I L L

R O A D

CHEAM COMMON ROAD


52

Rosehill District Centre Rosehill, located on the northern edge of the borough, was developed as part of the planned provision for the St Helier public housing estate, part of which is designated as an Area of Special Local Character. The centre is located on a major roundabout that links the centre to other areas of the borough and to neighbouring boroughs. The centre is predominantly situated on the southern and eastern side of the roundabout with primary shopping frontages being located along a line of shops called The Market. The surrounding area is notable for a significant amount of open space including St Helier Open Space and Rosehill Park. Strengths Overall quality of built environment is good with a lot of buildings contributing towards the

local identity. Good quality of architectural styles, although poor shopfronts detract from the

streetscene. The centre benefits from a Co-op supermarket store with car parking, which contributes

significantly to the vitality of the centre. The centre is well served by buses.

Weaknesses Issues with air and noise pollution as a result of congestion associated with the major

roundabout. The roundabout has a major impact on environmental quality: it dominates the public

realm, segregates the shopping areas and offers a poor arrival point The centre has some vacancies and a number of similar uses. It lacks comparison

shopping. The Co-Op store provides very little interaction with the main street, with over 50 metres

of blank facade. The access to the car park and service yard is also a poor quality environment.

Pedestrian movement restricted by the roundabout and the busy Wrythe Lane.

Opportunities / Proposals 1. An opportunity to create a high quality redevelopment incorporating a new landmark

building at this prominent junction that will enhance the sense of arrival. Any redevelopment proposals would need to reprovide the retail store and retain the associated car park.

2. An extension to the South London Tramlink network through Rosehill to Sutton town centre, including options to extend through St Helier Hospital.

3. Consider opportunities to assembly with Co-op site to provide a comprehensive redevelopment, upgrading the appearance of the rear service roads and garages that adjoin the site.

4. Improvements to the public realm by improving improved street furniture. 5. Opportunities for intensification to provide residential and retail. 6. Transport for London should work with the local community to identify ways of improving

the functioning of the roundabout.

Threats District Centre may deteriorate if shop vacancies increase and traffic congestion worsens.




Area of Special Local Character

Listed building

Prominent / feature building

Opportunity site


Potential for Tall Development

Tramlink (Indicative Alternative Routes)


Borough boundary*

R O S E H I L L AV E N U E

RO

SE

HI L

L

R E I G A T E AV E N U E A

2 1 7

GR E E N

L A N E ST

HE

L IE

RA

VE

B I SH O P S F O R D

R O A D

W R Y T H E L A N E

S TA V OR D A L E

R OA D

ROBERTSBR IDGE

ROAD

L INDORESROAD

S T B E N E T S G R O V E

KINLO

SS ROAD

NEWSTEAD

WA L K

Opportunity for intensificationto provide residential and retail

*

St Helier Hospital

St Helier Open Space

ThomasWallPark

RosehillRecreation

Ground

RosehillPark East

Options for tramlink extensionfrom Rosehill to Sutton TownCentre including hospital link

1

2

3

4

5

Opportunity to developgarages in conjunctionwith adjacent Co-op

Opportunity to create anew landmark buildingand enhance arrival

Rosehill

6


54

Wallington District Centre Wallington District Centre is the largest district centre in the borough. The main shopping area is focused on Woodcote Road, between the railway station to the north and Stafford Road to the south. To the north of the railway along Manor Road are less significant retailers, offices and other financial and professional services. It is proposed to include Stafford Road Local Centre within the boundary of the District Centre. The busy Stafford Road and unattractive shopfronts both affect the quality of the centre and, in addition, the centre is interspersed with residential development, which breaks the active frontages. Strengths A major retailer in Sainsburys, providing an ‘anchor’ store for Wallington. However, the

store is separated from the District Centre by its car park and servicing yard, providing a poor frontage with Woodcote Road.

A mix of national retailers and independent stores with low levels of vacancy on Woodcote Road. The centre is well served by banks and building societies.

Well served by bus and rail services. The Old Town Hall provides a civic/community focal point for the town centre.

Weaknesses Wallington is dominated by traffic along both Woodcote Road and Stafford Road. The

primary shopping area is located on either side of the busy Woodcote Road. Recent public realm improvements have helped slow traffic and make crossing easier.

Poor sense of arrival gateway points to the centre, particularly from the Railway Station. The limited amount of open space fails to contribute positively to the public realm. Open

space around Wallington Library and Wallington Town Hall has no street presence. Stafford Road has a higher level of vacancy than Woodcote Road and higher

concentrations of similar uses, such as hot food takeaways. A number of large vacant or partially vacant office blocks.

Opportunities / Proposals 1. Opportunity to consider site assembly and provide a more comprehensive mixed-use

redevelopment of the station sites and adjacent Post Office Delivery/Sorting Office. Improve the public realm to provide a better gateway into Wallington.

2. Provide a mixed-use redevelopment that retains retail and car parking in additional to dwellings. Redevelopments should also explore opportunities to provide a formal pedestrian link to the station through this site.

3. This site is located on a prominent corner of the District Centre in a ‘gateway’ location. Consider options for improving this site to provide better interaction with the main shopping street.

4. Provide residential led-mixed use redevelopment on the site, with town centre uses fronting Stafford Road. An element of public parking should be retained on the site, accessed from Woodcote Road.

5. Opportunity for a high quality redevelopment, with adjoining land, if the sites become available. This area of the District Centre would be enhanced by a new landmark building.

6. Improve public realm to create a more pedestrian friendly environment and reduce traffic as a barrier to movement.

Threats District centre may deteriorate if shop vacancies increase and traffic congestion worsens.


**

Bui

ldin

gs m

akin

g a

posi

tive

cont

ribut

ion

Bui

ldin

gs m

akin

g a

nega

tive

cont

ribut

ion

Are

a of

Spe

cial

Loc

al C

hara

cter

List

ed b

uild

ing

Loca

lly li

sted

bui

ldin

g

Pro

min

ent /

feat

ure

build

ing

Opp

ortu

nity

site

Pot

entia

l for

Mid

-ris

e D

evel

opm

ent

Pot

entia

l for

Tal

l Dev

elop

men

t

Impo

rtant

Lin

k

Pot

entia

l Ped

estri

an L

ink

Dis

trict

Cen

tre b

ound

ary

Wal

lingt

on

*

Poor

qua

lity b

uild

ing

/car

par

k.Th

e st

ore

has

little

inte

ract

ion

with

the

Hig

h St

reet

on

this

prom

inen

t cor

ner s

ite.

Site

allo

catio

nre

deve

lopm

ent

Opp

ortu

nity

for

site

ass

embl

yan

d m

ore

com

preh

ensi

vere

deve

lopm

ent

(incl

udin

gde

liver

y of

fice)

MEL

BOU

RN

ER

OAD

BELM

ON

TR

OAD

CLI

FTO

NR

OAD

PARK

ROAD

SPR

ING

FIEL

DR

OAD

GRO

SVEN

OR

ROAD

BEDD

INGT

ON

SHOTFIELD

HOLMWOOD GARDENS

RO

SSR

OAD

ELG

INR

OAD

CLYDEROAD

STMICHAELSRD

ROSS

ROAD

CARE

WRO

AD

STAF

FORD

ROAD

HINT

ON

ROAD

COW

PER

GAR

DENS

WO

RDSW

ORT

HRO

AD

OSM

ON

DG

ARD

ENS

PARK

GATE

RD

MANOR ROAD

WOODCOTE ROADWOODCOTE RD

BLENHEIM GDNS

ONSLOW GDNS

LIN

KSLA

NE

THE

MEA

D

WAT

ERER

R

ISE

M I LT O N R O A D

L AV E N D E R VA L E

S A N D Y L A N E S O U T H

WAL

LINGT

ONST

ATIO

N

5

4

13

6

Loca

l pro

posa

l to

mak

eSt

affo

rd R

oad

Loca

l Cen

trepa

rt of

the

Dis

trict

Cen

tre.

2


56

Worcester Park District Centre Worcester Park District Centre is linear in form and developed mainly during the 1930s on either side of what is now a major traffic route (Central Road – A243) leading to one of a limited number of crossing points under the Epsom to Waterloo railway at Worcester Park station. It is characterised by a large number of mainly three-storey, brick-built shopping parades of varying design and quality. The more recent development on Stone Place car park (now Waitrose supermarket) has expanded the centre in a southerly direction but it is not well located in relation to the rest of the centre. Strengths A major retailer in Waitrose but the store is isolated from the remainder of the centre. Second major convenience retailer at the southern end of the centre (Sainsburys). Other

major retailers include Iceland, Boots, WH Smith and Superdrug. Very well represented in the financial and business sector (including building societies

and banks).

Weaknesses The centre is located on either side of a major traffic route and there are major difficulties

in balancing the through traffic function with creating an attractive public realm and a centre to visit.

As a linear centre, there is no focal or gathering point and so there is no encouragement to stay beyond undertaking shopping or the purpose of the visit.

The centre is under-represented in terms of leisure services and has around the average number of restaurants and takeaways for a centre of its size.

There are no public open spaces close to the centre and the centre is in a ward with open space deficiency.

Opportunities / Proposals 1. Arrival of the rapid, trans-London Crossrail2 rail service to Worcester Park station in 2031 2. Create new cafés or speciality shops to replace the shops on the approach to Worcester

Park station and create a new landscaped amenity area for informal recreation. 3. Improve the pedestrian and retail connection with Waitrose and Central Road by

encouraging the improvement of existing links and consider developing proposals to return the retail frontage alongside the Stone Place car park entrance.

4. Upgrade the appearance of the rear service roads and curtilages of the shopping parades fronting on to Stone Place car park in association with proposals for Stone Place car park.

5. Consider options to build housing on parts of Stone Place car park whilst maintaining existing levels of car parking. This could include building a landscaped podium with development in courtyards over parking below on the main part of the existing car park and associated new linkages with the main centre. Further opportunities exist for housing and possibly retail development on the smaller parking areas to the north of the main car park and in the vicinity of the library. Consider the feasibility of building a small multi-level car park to the side of the existing Waitrose car park (currently a surface car park).

6. Opportunity to create a more attractive entrance to Worcester Park with new development including a landmark building.

7. Opportunity for high quality redevelopment if the telephone exchange becomes available possibly with the adjoining land.

Threats Deterioration of the centre due to the unpleasant shopping environment caused by traffic

in terms of severance, noise and air pollution.




Area of Special Local Character

Listed building

Locally listed building

Prominent / feature building

Opportunity site


Add side window displays to create retail corridor

Improve pedestrian links to supermarket /car park to integrate with centre.

Areas of traffic congestion which detractsfrom area

Areas at higher risk of fluvial flooding (indicative)


Borough boundary

Worcester Park

WORCESTERPARKSTATION

PotentialCrossrail 2Station(2030+)

LONGFE

LLOW

ROADCAL

DBECK

AVE

NUE

WASH IN

GTON

ROAD

BR INKLE

YROAD

ST PH I L

L IP ’ S

AVENUE

L INDSA

YROAD

HAMPTON ROADMORETON ROAD

BALMORALROAD

WINDSOR

ROAD

LYN

WO

OD

DR

IVE

C ENTRAL

ROAD

GREEN L

ANE

Opportunity to improve Stone Placecar park by providing additionalhousing and public realmimprovements while maintainingcurrent level of car parking

*

Opportunity to provide ahigh quality landmarkbuilding

*

Private open space

4

7

2

5

4

6

3

1


58

I-7

Housing Density

I7.1 In order to increase the supply of new homes in a region already as built-up

as London, the intensification of existing residential areas provides a potential source of new homes. However, this intensification does not come without its problems in terms of the loss of suburban character, increased pressure on infrastructure (especially on roads which were often built prior to mass car ownership) and a loss of family homes.

I7.2 The Mayor of London’s approach to housing density is through the use of his

housing density matrix. The matrix requires that the borough is divided into central, urban and suburban settings each with its own appropriate range of densities for new developments depending on public transport accessibility. Central settings (and the highest densities) are normally expected to be applied to an area with 800 metres of a metropolitan centre (Sutton town centre); urban settings to an area within 800 metres of a district centre and suburban settings (lowest densities) to all remaining areas

I7.3 However, the council successfully made the case at the Core Strategy

Examination-in-Public in 2009 that the application of a London-wide matrix needed to reflect the particular local character of the borough where relatively low density housing is often found in close proximity to town centres and the council secured agreement for a modified approach. The council’s application of the matrix differs from the generic matrix by:

Only applying central setting densities to the area within the Sutton town centre boundary and not to the surrounding Area of Potential Intensification (API) where urban settings are applied

Only applying urban setting densities to a 400-metre area (rather than 800 metres around all district centres

Within the remaining residential areas, while making the most efficient use of any site is important, local character is considered more important than exceeding any specified minimum density.

I7.4 The issue to consider is whether the borough should rigidly follow the Mayor

of London’s housing density matrix or continue with its current approach to applying the matrix. Table 10 summarises the Mayor’s matrix and how the council currently applies these settings and the range of densities in the borough.

Table 10: Guide to the London Plan Density Matrix and its Application in Sutton London Plan Matrix How Sutton Applies the Density Matrix

Sutton Town Centre ● 140-405 housing units per hectare

(central setting) ● 140-405 housing units per hectare

(central setting) Sutton Town Centre Area of Potential Intensification

● Up to 800 metres from the centre ● 140-405 housing units per hectare

(central setting)

● Up to 800 metres from the centre ● 45-260 housing units per hectare

(urban setting)


59

District Centres Wallington ● 45-260 housing units per hectare Carshalton, Cheam, Hackbridge, North Cheam, Rosehill, Worcester Park ● 45-170 housing units per hectare

(urban setting)

Wallington ● 45-260 housing units per hectare Carshalton, Cheam, Hackbridge, North Cheam, Rosehill, Worcester Park ● 45-170 housing units per hectare

(urban setting) District Centre Areas of Potential Intensification

Wallington ● Up to 800 metres from the centre ● 45-260 housing units per hectare Carshalton, Cheam, Hackbridge, North Cheam, Rosehill, Worcester Park ● Up to 800 metres from the centre ● 45-170 housing units per hectare

(urban setting)

Wallington ● Up to 400 metres from the centre ● 45-260 housing units per hectare Carshalton, Cheam, Hackbridge, North Cheam, Rosehill, Worcester Park ● Up to 400 metres from the centre ● 45-170 housing units per hectare

(urban setting) Suburban Heartlands (Other residential areas)

● 35-130 housing units per hectare ● Predominantly detached and semi-detached ● Typically 2-3 storeys

(suburban setting)

● No density range ● Developments must maintain and seek to enhance the quality of the borough’s environment ensuring all new development respects the positive features of Sutton’s character, reinforcing local distinctiveness and a sense of identity

(dependent on local character) Table 11: The Advantages of the Mayor’s Policy and the Sutton Modification The Mayor’s Policy The Sutton Modification Advantages ● Could deliver a greater supply of new housing overall ● More higher density housing development is located near Sutton Town Centre which is the most accessible location in the borough ● Encourages higher density development in the Suburban Heartlands

Advantages ● Respects the borough’s character ● Could encourage more family housing which is the housing type of most need in the borough ●Retains some of the suburban feel around Sutton Town Centre ● It prevents one long Potential Intensification belt running across the centre of the borough from Worcester Park to Wallington, which would be the result if all the Area of Potential Intensification zones were 800 metres ● The Characterisation Study found that urban character extended for as little as 200 to 300 metres beyond a District Centre boundary so there is still scope to intensify ● By being less prescriptive in the Suburban Heartlands, local distinctiveness can be protected

For Areas of Potential Intensification, see Appendix 4, Schedule 4A, Maps 4.1-4.8

? Consultation Question 7 Which approach to housing density do you support? Please give your reasons (optional) Are there any other approaches you would suggest?


60

I-8

Affordable Housing

I8.1 Affordable housing is housing available at below the market rate. There is a

substantial need for affordable housing within the borough but the exact need is highly dependent on how much people can devote of their income to housing costs, as shown in Table 12.

Table 12: Affordable Housing Need According to Housing Costs

Percentage of Gross Average Income in Borough used on Housing Costs

Annual Affordable Housing Net Need 2013-31

25% 1,206 30% 1,018 35% 839 40% 694 50% 457

I8.3 Affordable housing is provided by:

● Registered providers, who develop or buy whole housing schemes for affordable housing and then act as managing agents ● Private developers, who are required by planning policy to provide a percentage of new homes in a housing scheme as affordable. The developers usually pass control of the homes to Registered Providers for management ● The council, which is re-starting the building of council homes and through its newly created development company

I8.4 There are three principal types of affordable housing:

● Social rented housing, which is owned by local authorities or registered providers with the rent determined by the national rent regime. For the borough in 2013/14, the monthly rents were £426 for a 1-bed property, £504 for a 2-bed property and £549 for a 3-bed property. ● Affordable rented housing, which is let by local authorities or registered providers up to a rate of no more than 80% of the local market value. For the borough in the year to September 2014, the monthly rents were approximately £632 for a 1-bed property, £849 for a 2-bed property and £1,099 for a 3-bed property. ● Intermediate housing, which is homes available for part ownership or rent at above social-rented levels but below market-levels. It can include shared ownership or equity loan arrangements and is aimed at households whose annual income is in the range of £18,000 to £80,000.

Unfortunately, the council is witnessing the social-rented model being replaced by the affordable-rented model.

I8.5 In the past, the borough has had a good record of delivering affordable

housing. Indeed, between April 2009 and March 2014 of the 1,652 dwellings completed, 46 per cent were affordable. Nevertheless, there are three issues relating to affordable housing which need resolving:


61

How much affordable housing should private developers be expected to provide in their housing schemes?

I8.6 The Mayor of London expects 17,000 new homes each year to be affordable from his overall Greater London target of 42,389 new homes each year. This equates to 40%. The borough’s current planning policy expects 50% of all new homes borough-wide to be affordable (including homes built or owned by registered providers or private developers). The council’s Strategic Housing Market Assessment identifies as 40% as the most appropriate level for affordable housing provision for private developments. The issue is how to strike a balance between providing affordable homes on developments built by private developers but still ensuring the developments are viable and will be built.

How big should housing schemes be before affordable housing is

required? I8.7 In the case of housing schemes providing 1 or 2 new homes, it is

unreasonable to expect the developer to provide affordable housing. The Mayor of London and current council policy expects the affordable housing to be required on schemes of 10 new homes or more. However, the council’s work on the Community Infrastructure Levy suggested that housing schemes below 10 units were more profitable to developers than others because there is currently no affordable housing requirement. Therefore, there may be a case for levelling the playing field and asking for in-lieu payments for affordable housing on schemes below 10 units, such as already occurs in the London Boroughs of Islington and Merton. The payments could accrue in a fund for future affordable housing provision.

For the affordable housing on a scheme, what proportion should be for

social/affordable rent and what proportion should be for intermediate housing?

I8.8 The Mayor of London advises that, for affordable housing on a development scheme, 60% should be social- or affordable-rented housing and 40% should be intermediate housing. The council’s current planning policy has a 70%/30% split between social-/affordable-rented housing and intermediate housing. However, the council’s Strategic Housing Market Assessment analysed likely demand and short-term supply and identified a preferred split of 75%/25% between social- and affordable-rented housing and intermediate housing. Since social-/affordable-rented housing is a greater cost to developers than intermediate-housing, there is a risk that the split could render a whole scheme unviable so, once again, there is a balance to be struck between providing the right sort of affordable housing and ensuring new housing schemes are built.

Housing and Planning Bill I8.9 The Housing and Planning Bill is proposing to introduce a number of changes

that will affect the provision of affordable housing, notably the provision of starter homes (a discount of up to 20% on properties valued at £450,000 after discount for people under the age of 40) which are to be prioritised ahead of current affordable housing types.


62

?

Consultation Question 8a What percentage of affordable housing should developers be required to provide on large housing schemes? Consultation Question 8b Should the council ask for in-lieu payments for affordable housing on schemes of less than 10 units Consultation Question 8c What should be the proportions of affordable housing for social-/affordable-rented properties and intermediate housing?


63

I-9

Housing Sizes and Standards

Housing Sizes

I9.1 While the council seeks to identify sites to provide the quantity of housing necessary, it is also important it pays attention to the quality of new housing, particularly in terms of housing size and the space standards.

I9.2 The council’s Strategic Housing Market Assessment (SHMA) has analysed

likely house size need for the period 2013 to 2031 and these requirements are set out in Table 13 both for market housing and affordable housing.

Table 13: Estimated Size of Homes Required 2013-31

Market Housing 1 bedroom 2-bedroom 3-bedroom 4+ bedroom

8% 28% 44% 21% Affordable Housing

1 bedroom 2-bedroom 3-bedroom 4+ bedroom 39% 35% 24% 3%

I9.3 As the table shows, there is a pressing need for larger market homes,

principally 2- and 3-bedroom homes and smaller affordable units, principally 1-bedroom homes.

Internal Space Standards

I9.4 The Mayor of London’s London Plan sets out internal space standards for housing developments. The council’s Urban Design Guide SPD also has internal space standards. It is considered the Mayor’s space standards are the most appropriate and are less prescriptive for new developments.

Accessibility Standards I9.5 Between 2013 and 2031, the borough’s population aged 65+ is expected to

increase by over 46% and this is on top of that fact that the borough is already above the London average for people aged 65 and over. These facts, combined with a trend for encouraging older people to live their own homes for as long as possible, means that a large number of new dwellings in the future will need to be accessible for older people with disabilities as well as be available for younger disabled people. In 2015, the Government introduced Technical Housing Standards with the effect that all dwellings should be accessible to “visitable” standards. The council, and the GLA, consider this is too basic and so the council propose to increase the housing standards for accessibility to those proposed in the Minor Alterations to the London Plan (2015).

Private Amenity Space

I9.6 The Mayor of London’s Housing SPG sets a standard of 5m2 of private outdoor space for 1-2 person dwellings and an extra 1m2 for each additional person. It could be considered that in a suburban setting, such as large parts of the borough, this minimum private outdoor space standard is inappropriate.


64

The council’s Urban Design Guide SPD has minimum standards of 25m2 for flats or 1-bedroom units, 40m2 for two-bedroom units and 70m2 for three-bedroom units. In some cases, particularly in Areas of Potential Intensification, this minimum standard may be considered too onerous. Therefore, it may be considered more appropriate to use the council’s Urban Design Guide SPD as a guide, rather than minimum standards, taking into account the surrounding local character.

Play Space and Informal Recreation I9.7 The Mayor of London sets standards for play space and informal recreation in

his Shaping Neighbourhoods: Play and Informal Recreation SPG (2012). The council will used the standards set out in this document.

I9.8 In light of all these considerations, a draft policy is proposed as follows:

Draft Policy on Housing Mix and Housing Standards

Housing Mix

(a) The council will not grant planning permission for new residential development, unless it includes a mix of dwelling sizes and tenures.

(b) In terms of dwelling sizes, all developments should seek to provide a

minimum of 50% of all dwellings on the site as having three bedrooms or more, unless it can be demonstrated that this would be inappropriate to the location or not viable.

(c) On sites particularly suited to larger-sized family houses, the council will

expect the proportion of units having 3 bedrooms or more, as specified in (b) above, to be exceeded.

Housing Standards

(d) The council will not grant planning permission for new residential development, including conversions, which does not meet the internal space standards set out in the London Plan (or any successor document).

(e) The council will expect that 90 per cent of all new dwellings within a scheme

containing housing to be accessible and adaptable dwellings (Housing Technical Standard M4 (2)) and 10% of all new dwellings within a scheme containing housing to be wheelchair user dwellings (Housing Technical Standard M4 (3)).

(f) The council will not grant planning permission for new residential

development, including conversions, which does not provide an adequate amount of private amenity space. An adequate amount of amenity space will be considered on a case-by-case basis with reference to the minimum standards (used a guide) set out the council’s Urban Design Guide SPD and taking into account local character.


65

(g) The council will not grant planning permission for new major residential

development, including conversions, which does not provide an adequate amount of play space and informal recreation space. An adequate amount of play space and informal recreation space will be calculated according to The Mayor’s Shaping Neighbourhoods: Play Space or Informal Recreation SPG (or any successor document). In the case of all developments, where the adequate amount of play space and informal recreation is not provided, in-lieu payments will be required for improvements to play spaces within the vicinity of development, calculated in The Mayor’s Shaping Neighbourhoods: Play Space or Informal Recreation SPG (or any successor document).

? Consultation Question 9 Do you agree with the draft policy on housing mix and housing standards If not, please give details


66

I-10

Loss of Housing and Conversions

Loss of Housing I10.1 In addition to creating new housing to meet demand, it is important that

existing housing is not lost so the total housing stock is increased. Both the Mayor and the council have a presumption against the loss of homes. However, there are certain circumstances when it may be appropriate for a modest amount of homes to be lost. For example, when a redevelopment produces better quality housing or when a specific community facility is required, such as for health or education purposes.

Conversions I10.2 The conversion of larger properties into smaller properties is a valuable

source of new housing supply and, therefore, the council will support conversion in appropriate circumstances.

I10.3 However, while some housing types, such as large Victorian villas, can

convert into well-designed flats, others, such as inter-war semi-detached properties, do not. Furthermore, given that 2- and 3-bedroom market houses are the most required type of housing, it would be unwise to allow too many houses to convert. Consequently, the council is proposing that existing houses with a Gross Internal Area of less than 110m2 should not be permitted to convert to flats. The figure of 110m2 has been chosen as, below this figure, a house would not be able to convert to two 50m2 flats (the minimum standard for a one-bed, two-person flat in The Mayor’s internal space standards) and allow for circulation/lobby space.

Houses in Multiple Occupation (HMOs) I10.4 Recent Government changes to the planning system mean that changes of

use between conventional houses and houses in multiple occupation (for between three and six people) have permitted development rights (ie they can change use between each other without the need for a planning application). This severely limits the power that the council has to limit HMO concentration in certain areas and, consequently, limit the harm to amenity and neighbourhoods that concentrations of HMOs sometimes cause. However, planning permissions are still required for HMOs for seven or more people. Therefore, the council considers an HMO policy is still necessary.


Draft Policy on Loss of Housing and Conversions (a) The council will resist the loss of residential accommodation. A loss may only

be acceptable where: (i) The loss is part of an application which results in better-designed,

higher-quality new housing


67

(ii) The loss will result in the provision of an essential community facility, where a specific need has been identified and the facility cannot be provided another site nearby.

(b) The council will grant planning permission for development involving the

conversion of existing properties to provide new self-contained housing units, provided that:

(i) The Gross Internal Area of the property considered for conversion is at least 110m2 (excluding extensions, garages and loft space)

(ii) The proposal has no adverse impact on the amenity of neighbouring properties

(iii) The proposal does not detract from the character and appearance of the area, particularly when proposed in Conservation Areas and Areas of Special Local Character

(iv) The dwellings proposed meet the Mayor’s internal space standards (v) The proposal does not adversely affect on-street parking

(c) Proposals for and extensions to large houses in multiple occupation (seven

people or more) should: (i) Be in detached properties and the proposed new units should share

facilities and have a joint access (ii) Not lead to a concentration of HMOs in the vicinity where the

cumulative effect of the HMOs harms the character of the area (see other draft policies)

? Consultation Question 10 Do you agree with the draft policy on the loss of housing and conversions If not, please give details


68

I-11

Communal Accommodation and Specialist Housing

Care Homes for Older People I11.1 While the population generally is ageing, the method by which care is

provided to older people is also changing. There is now a much greater emphasis on providing care in a person’s home and going to a care home is very much a last resort.

I11.2 The borough has long been a location for care homes but many of them are

old, in poorly converted detached houses and do not match the modern standards of care that many people expect. The council has undertaken research which shows that the borough currently has an oversupply of care home bedspaces as shown in Table 14.

Table 14: Care Home Bedspace Supply and Demand in the Borough

2016 2021 2026 Supply 1,148- 1,242 1,148-1,242 1,148-1,242 Demand 1,016-1,057 1,064-1,174 1,152-1,360 Balance -226 to -91 -178 to 26 -90 to 212

I11.3 The research shows oversupply to 2021, taking account of the ageing

population, but this research does not consider other factors such as the shift to care at home which may push the oversupply status to well beyond 2021. Furthermore, another study by the council identified a bedspace vacancy rate of 22.5%, which suggests many existing care homes do not meet market expectations.

I11.4 Given this oversupply and vacancy rate in care home bedspaces and the fact

the conventional housing is undersupplied, the council considers that a restriction on future care home permissions may be appropriate. This would allow care home bedspace demand and supply to come back into balance and mean that conventional housing does not have to compete with care homes for scarce Suburban Heartlands sites. In exceptional circumstances, there may be a situation where a care home may be required, such as to meet a specific care need. The council will review whether the restriction needs to remain in force through its monitoring purposes.

Specialist Housing for Older People I11.5 Specialist housing for older people comes in three broad forms: (i) housing

with care; (ii) sheltered housing; and (iii) retirement housing. Housing with care provides occupiers with the elements of a private dwelling, such as a front door and possibly a small garden, but occupiers are visited by the necessary care professionals. There may also be some shared facilities. Sheltered housing has less intervention and there is usually a visiting warden. Retirement housing is housing aimed exclusively at older people and a care package can be bought or not as needs require. The Mayor’s London Plan provides indicative annualised strategic benchmarks for specialist housing for


69

older people 2015-25 and the borough’s requirement is set at 105 units per year. The council’s Strategic Housing Market Assessment identified a need for 42 housing with care units per annum.

Housing with Care for Vulnerable Groups

I11.6 The council’s Housing Strategy 2015/16 and beyond states the council will “support vulnerable households (including older people, people with disabilities and long-term conditions, people with a learning disability, people with mental health issues etc.) to find and keep a home in the community and reduce the need for care and nursing home placements.” Sometimes, specialist housing is provided directly by the council, sometimes it is provided by other agencies but the private rented sector (with advice from the council) also plays an important role. Specialist housing for vulnerable groups usually requires specialist design and proximity to local facilities and services. The council will also consider the over-concentration of similar uses in areas, if this is relevant.

Other Specialist Housing I11.7 The council’s Strategic Housing Market Assessment identified no local need

for custom/self-build housing, housing for service families or housing for students.


Draft Policy on Communal Accommodation and Specialist Housing

Care Homes for Older People (a) New care homes for the elderly will not be permitted unless they meet a

specific need that is not provided by other existing care homes in the borough (b) Redevelopments of and alterations and extensions to care homes for older

people will not be permitted if the proposals do not result in an improvement in the level of care

(c) Alterations and extensions to care homes for older people to provide

dwellings with care or conventional housing (use class C3) will be supported

Housing with Care for Older People, Sheltered Housing and Retirement Housing

(d) Planning permissions for Housing with Care for Older People, Sheltered Housing and Retirement Housing will be granted, provided that: (i) The site is within reasonable walking distance of shops and services (ii) The proposal provides accommodation of a type that is designed to

meet the needs of older people (iii) The proposal does not lead to a concentration of older peoples’

housing in the vicinity where the cumulative effect harms the character of the area or the vitality of local shops and services


70

Care for Vulnerable Groups

(e) Planning permissions for Housing with Care for Vulnerable Groups will be granted provided that: (i) The site is within reasonable walking distance of shops and services (ii) The proposal provides accommodation of a type that is designed to

meet the needs of the client group (iii) The proposal does not lead to a concentration of care facilities in the

vicinity where the cumulative effect harms the character of the area or the vitality of local shops and services

? Consultation Question 11 Do you agree with the draft policy on communal housing and specialist housing If not, please give details


71

I-12

Gypsy and Traveller Accommodation

Definition I12.1 Gypsies and Travellers are a distinct group of residents with special

requirements as a result of their culture. Some prefer to live on a Gypsy and Traveller pitch which usually consist of a permanent chalet or static caravan, a caravan for travelling and separate utility block for washing and/or cooking. Over the years, their nomadic tradition has declined and many Gypsies and Travellers remain on their home or permanent sites for 10 or 11 months of the year. Some Gypsies and Travellers spend more time on the road but this is usually in the summer months and the reasons for travelling are usually work or to visit extended family.

I12.2 In August 2015, the Government changed the planning definition of Gypsies

and Travellers so that only those people with a “nomadic habit of life” or who have temporarily ceased this life could be classified as Gypsies and Travellers. This means that many Gypsies and Travellers who live on permanent sites may no longer be classed as Gypsies and Travellers as they do not travel enough.

Existing Sites I12.3 The borough is home to two Gypsy and Traveller sites, both on Carshalton

Road, near Woodmansterne. The two sites have been safeguarded as Gypsy and Traveller sites and, despite the Government’s change, the council proposes to continue with this safeguarding. One site is privately owned and is occupied by Irish Travellers and there is a council site which is occupied by both English Gypsies and Irish Travellers. The private site has recently intensified its use and so need is generally being met there but the council site is significantly overcrowded.

Estimate of Need I12.4 In early 2015, the council undertook an assessment of Gypsy and Traveller

pitch need, which is set out in Table 15. Table 15: Gypsy and Traveller Pitch Need

2015-19 2020-24 2025-29 Need 9 10 4

I12.5 The assessment identified no need for New Travellers, Roma or Travelling

Showpeople. It also identified no need for a transit or temporary site. Although the borough has periodic unauthorised encampments, it is understood it is the same groups undertaking unauthorised encampments on a number of occasions. Furthermore, it is understood that most of the groups come for the summer because they are taken on for temporary work, such as driveway construction and property maintenance, by employers from outside the borough. It is the council’s contention that it is the employer’s responsibility to provide accommodation for his temporary staff and not the council’s role.


72

The Council’s Standpoint I12.6 It is the council’s view that, despite the Government’s new definition, the

council should continue to provide for the need identified for the borough’s permanent Gypsies and Travellers on the grounds that, the council site is so overcrowded, new site(s) are needed regardless.

Draft Policy I12.8 In addition to allocating new Gypsy and Traveller sites, it is still necessary to

have a policy on Gypsy and Traveller sites should an application for such a use arise. A draft policy, including the proposed sites and criteria for a windfall site in line with the Government’s recent policy statement, is as follows:

Draft Policy on Gypsy and Traveller Sites The council will safeguard the two existing Gypsy and Traveller sites at Carshalton Road, Woodmansterne, for Gypsy and Traveller accommodation. The council is proposing additional Gypsy and Traveller accommodation at one or two of the following sites: ● Potential Site Allocation S87: Land at north of Kimpton Park Way ● Potential Site Allocation S94: Land at the end of Hannibal Way Planning permission for further Gypsy and Traveller sites will only be permitted when a site meets an identified need and satisfies the following criteria: (a) The site has safe access to and from the road network, and it has adequate

provision for parking, turning, servicing and emergency vehicle access (b) The application will not have an unduly adverse impact on the local

environment, the character of the area and the amenities of both local residents and the future occupiers of the site, including the potential for noise pollution, air pollution or traffic movements and other activities likely to be taking place within or in the vicinity of the site

(c) The site has or will have a supply of essential services, such as mains gas

and electricity, water, sewerage and drainage and waste disposal (d) The site is situated within a reasonable distance of local shops, services and

community facilities, in particular schools and health services, and is accessible by public transport

(e) The site is not located in an area at high risk of flooding (f) The layout of the site, its associated facilities and landscaping will be

designed to a high standard including pitches, hardstandings, amenity blocks, amenity and play spaces and boundary treatments


73

? Consultation Question 12a Do you agree with the council’s standpoint on the need for new Gypsy and Traveller sites? If not, please give details

? Consultation Question 12b Do you agree with the draft policy on Gypsy and Traveller sites? If not, please give details


74

I-13

Housing and Garden Land

Back Garden Land I13.1 Historically, large parts of the borough have been laid out in rectangular street

blocks with housing fronting onto roads enclosing large rear gardens. Many areas of back garden land have matured and developed as important amenity areas for residents that also contribute to the overall character and appearance of the borough. Back gardens also contribute to the biodiversity of the borough, provide safe and secure play space, have physical and mental health benefits and mitigate against the effects of climate change. Furthermore, in certain wards which are deficient in access to public open space, private back gardens are an important substitute.

I13.2 However, in recent years, back garden land has come under increasing

pressure for new housing development and it could be argued that the cumulative impact of back garden loss is causing the gradual degradation of the open and green character of the borough.

I13.3 Both the NPPF and the London Plan suggest councils may have policies

which prevent the development of back garden land. However, a restriction of back garden land may reduce the new housing supply so there is a balance to be struck. Therefore, the council proposes a restriction on back garden land development in the Suburban Heartlands but a more relaxed approach to back garden land development in the Areas of Potential Intensification provided it is appropriate in terms of character, design and amenity (see other draft policies).

Front Garden Land I13.4 Front gardens provide similar benefits to back gardens in terms of making a

positive contribution to the character and appearance of an area, providing ecological value, providing play space and mitigating against climate change. However, the council is limited in its powers to control the loss of front gardens. If a front garden is paved with a permeable material, no planning permission is required, and, if a front garden is paved with a non-porous material, the paved area needs to be greater than 5m2 before a planning permission is required. Therefore, the council can merely advise and guide on the retention of front gardens.



75

Draft Policy on Housing and Backgarden Land

The council will not grant planning permission for the development of back garden land in the Suburban Heartlands, where the site either individually or as part of a larger street block: (a) Makes an important contribution to the character and appearance of the surrounding area; or (b) Is considered to be of local ecological value; or (c) Is likely to make a significant contribution to mitigating the impacts of climate change; or (d) Where the development of the site would adversely affect the amenity of future occupiers or those currently occupying adjoining or nearby properties The council advises against the paving of front garden land in the Suburban Heartlands on character and appearance, ecological and climate change mitigation grounds. Where front gardens are to be paved over: (e) A permeable or porous material should be used; and, (f) The maximum amount possible of soft landscaping should be retained or created.

? Consultation Question 13 Do you agree with the draft policy on Housing and Garden Land? If not, please give details


76

I-14

Locations for Employment and Waste Management

Employment Land Supply I14.1 The borough’s industrial estates fall into two categories:

● Strategic Industrial Areas, which comprise Beddington (106.17ha), Kimpton (18.52ha) and Imperial Way (5.92ha), and ● Established Industrial Areas, which comprise Croydon Road (3.86ha), Gander Green Lane and Abbotts Road (0.74ha), Mill Green (3.33ha), Oldfields Road (0.61ha) and Restmor Way (3.60ha), Felnex (7.69ha), Land adjoining Hackbridge Station (1.22ha), Plumpton Way Trading Estate and Gas Holder (1.11ha) and Wandle Valley Trading Estate (2.47ha)

I14.2 Demand for strategic employment or industrial land is strong all over the

borough. The three Strategic Industrial Areas have few or no vacancies. However, the situation regarding the Established Industrial Areas is rather different as Table 16 shows.

Table 16: Manufacturing and Warehousing Land Lost in Established Industrial Areas Industrial Area Status Area Gross

Floorspace Croydon Road Operational 0ha 0m2 Gander Green Lane & Abbotts Rd

Operational 0ha 0m2

Mill Green Total area, which was offices, lost to residential by permitted development (3.33ha)

0ha 0m2

Oldfields Road Operational 0ha 0m2 Restmor Way Three offices lost to residential by

permitted development (0.17ha) 0ha 0m2

Felnex Planning Permission leaves 1.28ha -6.41ha -50,000m2 Land adjacent to Hackbridge Station

Current Development Plan Allocation leaves 0.37ha

-0.85ha -2,000m2

Plumpton Way Operational 0 0m2 Wandle Valley Planning Permission leaves 0.31ha -2.16ha -4,700m2 TOTAL LOST -9.42ha -56,700m2

I14.3 Table 15 shows that there is potential loss of nearly 10ha of employment land

across the borough. This is already above the 9ha of industrial land release for 2011-2031 recommended by The Mayor of London in his Land for Industry and Transport SPG. However, the land at the Hackbridge sites was released as part of an overarching scheme to regenerate Hackbridge.

Employment Land Demand I14.4 To compound the lack of industrial land supply, there is also predicted to be

considerable future industrial land demand. As part of the council’s Town Centres and Economic Development Assessment, future industrial land requirements were calculated. Table 17 shows the various projections for the period 2016-31 for the borough’s industrial land requirements.


77

Table 17: Industrial Land Requirement Projections 2016-2031 Projection

Land Requirement Area Gr Floorspace

Experian Baseline Job Growth 21.7ha 86,886m2 GLA Job Growth -8.8ha -35,203m2 Past Take-Up Continues 27.4ha 109,510m2 Higher Future Take-Up 28.6ha 114,400m2 Labour Supply Growth (@363 homes each year) 9.3ha 37,069m2 Labour Supply Growth (@423 homes each year) 10.1ha 40,592m2 Labour Supply Growth (@500 homes each year) 11.3ha 45,122m2

I14.5 As the Table 17 shows, the projections vary considerably. The council

considers that, along with other GLA employment studies, the GLA Job Growth projection considerably underestimates the potential job growth and the demand for employment land. It is minded to adopt the Experian Baseline Job Growth as the most appropriate forecast but the forecast is based on maximum housing growth.

Waste Management

I14.6 Waste management is not a topic for the Sutton Local Plan. In 2012, the council adopted the South London Waste Plan, in conjunction with the boroughs of Croydon, Kingston and Merton, and it covers the period to 2021. The council will let the plan run until the end of its period. However, waste management is relevant to employment land. The South London Waste Plan aims to meet the waste arisings for household and commercial and industrial waste of the four boroughs by 2021. This equates to 747,000 tonnes of waste each year. It does this by safeguarding existing sites and identifying areas in industrial areas which are potentially suitable for waste management.

I14.7 According to the council’s South London Waste Plan Annual Monitoring

Report 2011-15, the South London Waste Plan area is potentially close to be net self-sufficient in terms of waste management, as Table 18, reproduced from the South London Waste Plan Annual Monitoring Report, shows.

Table 18: South London Waste Plan Area Capacity Gap By 2021 (tonnes each year) Target (net arisings) 747,000 Current Capacity 281,362 Current Gap (with current capacity subtracted) 465,638 Planning Permissions 443,000 Capacity Gap (with current capacity and permissions subtracted)

22,638

Planning Applications 1,200 Capacity Gap (with current capacity, permissions and applications subtracted)

21,438

I14.8 Table 18 explains that, if the current capacity remains the same and all the

planning permissions for waste management were implemented, the four boroughs would only be approximately 22,000 tonnes short of their target. Once the target is met, the councils would be free from their obligations to safeguard existing waste sites and identify potentially suitable areas for waste management.


78

Issues to Consider I14.9 The first issue to consider is whether it is important to try and maintain

employment land within the borough. There is an argument that, given that the borough is part of a large urbanised area (London), it is not necessary to provide employment locally and that residents can commute to other boroughs for work. If local employment is considered important, there are other issues, namely: Should the council try to meet its high demand forecasts or one of its lower demand forecasts? And how can this demand be met?

I14.10 Table 19 sets out three options for considerations with their likely implications. Table 19: Options for Managing Future Employment Land

Do Nothing Aim to Meet Low to Medium Employment Land Forecasts

(9-11ha)

Aim to Meet High Employment Land Forecasts

(20ha +) ● Continue with current protection of Strategic Industrial Locations ● Allow Established Industrial Areas to convert to other uses where appropriate

● Continue with the current protection of Strategic Industrial Locations and Established Industrial Areas ● Refuse applications which would result in further employment land loss ● Intensify sites in the Beddington Strategic Industrial Location, where there is scope for a more land efficient distribution of industries ● Introduce a job density requirement for permissions in industrial areas to provide 1 job per 40m2 of floorspace or denser. This would limit large land-low employment uses, such as distribution and waste

● De-designate a 4.57ha portion of open land on the western side of Beddington Lane ● Continue with the current protection of Strategic Industrial Locations and Established Industrial Areas ● Refuse applications which would result in further employment land loss ● Intensify sites in the Beddington Strategic Industrial Location, where there is scope for a more land-efficient distribution of industries ● Introduce a job density requirement for permissions in industrial areas to provide 1 job per 40m2 of floorspace or denser. This would limit large land-low employment uses, such as distribution and waste management

Implications ● This would lead to increased commuting ● It would limit employment opportunities locally ● It would not provide sufficient land for local businesses to locate in the borough ● It assumes there are sufficient employment opportunities for residents with the appropriate skills in the rest of London and the South East

Implications ● This does not take land from other uses ● It would meet some local employment need ● It means existing employment land and new employment uses would need to use land more efficiently ● The option requires the agreement of landowners and businesses at Beddington to reconfigure sites

Implications ● A significant portion of open land is immediately delivered into employment uses – but at the loss of open space ● It would meet local employment need, assuming maximum housing growth ● It means existing employment land and new employment uses would need to use land more efficiently ● The option requires the agreement of landowners and businesses at Beddington to reconfigure sites


79

? Consultation Question 14 Which option for employment land do you support? Please give your reasons (optional) Is there any other strategy you would like to propose?


80

I-15

Industrial Development

Strategic Industrial Areas and Established Industrial Areas I15.1 In addition to a strategic policy on employment/industrial land, the plan needs

to have a policy to deal with individual planning applications for industrial development. This policy will be dependent on the outcome to the consultation to the previous issue but it is still possible to formulate a draft policy for consultation.

I15.2 The council has a long standing policy that freestanding office buildings (use

class B1a) are not suitable uses within industrial areas and instead should be located in town centres which are more accessible locations for employees and where those employees provide all-day footfall for retail units. It is proposed that the council will continue this approach.

Trade Counters I15.3 The council is aware that the nature of industrial activities are changing and

many businesses now include an element of direct sales to “the trade”, through the form of trade counters. Such uses are likely to be considered appropriate where products are sold to trade only. However, the council is concerned that a number of trade counters de facto sell to the general public as well. The council does not wish the borough’s industrial estates to include out-of-town shopping outlets, which will also decrease footfall in town centres and cause parking stress. The council proposes to limit trade counters which have the attributes of a shopping outlet, such as product displays, large sale areas and large numbers of parking spaces.

Ancillary Uses I15.4 Some non-industrial ancillary uses may be considered appropriate in

industrial areas, such as small scale shops/cafes for workers, but the council considered these uses must clearly demonstrate they are solely aimed at servicing the needs of local workers. The council considers that large-scale non-industrial uses will hamper industrial job growth in industrial areas and the conflict between members of the public and industrial vehicles within industrial estates would be unacceptable.

Improving the Industrial Environment I15.5 The council will also expect new industrial development to improve the

environment of industrial estates by improving boundary treatments, where necessary, as well as the sites themselves and making transport improvements. The council may also ask for planning obligations to improve the public realm, signage and transport in industrial estates.

Other Land in Industrial Use I15.6 Outside of the Strategic Industrial Locations and Established Industrial Areas,

there are a number of industrial units which provide valuable local employment. The council considers these are important to the vitality and


81

employment opportunities of the borough and should not be lost. The council is proposing a presumption against the loss of industrial uses outside of industrial areas unless the industrial uses are “bad neighbours” to surrounding residential development with the effects being unable to be mitigated. In these cases, the businesses will be permitted to relocate to the industrial estates. If there is no prospect of a vacant industrial site coming back into industrial use, certain requirements on marketing and re-use will apply.

The Green Economy I15.7 The council’s One Planet Sutton initiative encourages the development of the

Green Economy. According to the London Low Carbon Market Snapshot, prepared by Innovas on behalf of the GLA in 2011, green businesses fall into three main categories and these are set out in the Table 20.

Table 20: Definition of Green Businesses Environmental Goods and Services: Waste management, Waste recovery and recycling, Contaminated land reclamation and remediation, Environmental consultancy and related services, Environmental monitoring, Water and waste water management, Air pollution control and Noise and vibration control Renewable Energy Technologies: Solar, Biomass, Geothermal, Wave and tidal, Wind energy and Hydro energy Low Carbon Technologies: Alternative fuels (inc. nuclear, biomass, ethanol, methane, wood gas and hydrogen) Alternative fuel vehicles (inc. synthetic fuels, bio diesels, hydrogen and electric) Additional energy sources (under development), Building technologies (under development), Carbon finance and New and emerging technologies (inc. smart grids, biotechnology and clean technology)

I15.8 While the council supports the growth of the Green Economy, it does not do it

unconditionally. For instance, waste management and waste recovery and recycling has a cap in terms of tonnage managed across south London in the South London Waste Plan and certain other Green Economy sectors would be unsuitable for a suburban borough such as Sutton. Nevertheless, the council, which has a long track record of leading the way in green development (for example BedZED in Hackbridge), would be keen to see appropriate green businesses locate in the borough.

For Safeguarded Industrial Areas, see Appendix 5, Schedule 5E, Maps 5.39-5.46c

Draft Policy on Industrial Development

Strategic Industrial Locations and Established Industrial Areas (a) Within the Strategic Industrial Locations and the Established Industrial Areas,

the council will only grant planning permission for B1(excluding freestanding offices), B2 (general industry) and B8 (storage and distribution) uses or other similar industrial uses (such as those which are Sui Generis). Other similar industrial uses will be granted permission provided it can be demonstrated that the use would not adversely affect the industrial status or operation of the area.


82

(b) Within the Strategic Industrial Locations and Established Industrial Areas, all

development will be expected to contribute to environmental and transport improvements, either through on-site works or through planning obligations

(c) The council will grant permission for small-scale cafes/shops, provided that it

can be demonstrated they will predominantly serve the employees of the industrial estate

Strategic Industrial Locations, Established Industrial Areas and Other Land in Industrial Use

(d) The council will only grant permission for proposals containing trade counters, provided it can be demonstrated that: (i) The display and sales areas can only be 10-15% of the total net

floorspace (ii) Additional car parking will only be permitted to meet the likely mid-

morning footfall

Other Land in Industrial Use (e) Outside the main locations for industry, proposals resulting in the loss of

industrial/business floorspace will not be granted planning permission unless it can be demonstrated that: (i) The retention of the existing use will have a significant adverse effect on

residential amenity and there is no reasonable prospect that this effect can be alleviated while retaining the use; or

(ii) There is genuine evidence that the site has been marketed for 6 months at an appropriate rate with a recognised agent without success

(f) Where the loss of industrial business floorspace can be demonstrated to the

satisfaction of the council, as required in (e) above, redevelopment will be allowed provided that: (i) In areas with other business and industrial premises in the vicinity, the

development provides for a mix of uses including a significant element of business/industrial uses or other employment generating uses;

(ii) Any housing includes a high proportion of affordable housing of a size according to need

The Green Economy

(g) The council will support proposals from green businesses (excluding waste management, waste recovery and recycling which are covered in the South London Waste Plan), where they are appropriate for the location proposed

? Consultation Question 15 Do you agree with the draft policy on Industrial Development? If not, please give details


83

I-16

Office Development and Loss

Trends in Office Supply

I16.1 The borough has traditionally been a strong office centre, particularly for back office functions. However, in recent years, office space in the borough has been affected by a number of cyclical and structural factors. The credit crunch since 2008 has seriously limited investment in new offices and the refurbishment of older ones. National and local spending cuts have also reduced the number of public sector offices. In terms of structural trends, the need for back office functions has reduced, it is now possible to locate what back office functions are necessary far away from London and, as a result of home-working and mobile devices, the need for offices has reduced as well.

Permitted Development Rights I16.2 Against this background, in May 2013, the Government introduced a

permitted development right (ie a planning application is not necessary) for freestanding offices to convert to residential uses (invariably flats). This has had significant consequences in the borough and the south-west London generally. Since the land value between offices and residential is so great in south-west London, the take-up of permitted development right was huge. As the Government did not distinguish between vacant offices and occupied offices, many businesses in the borough were evicted from premises. Furthermore, to date, none of the new flats created have been affordable, 53% of the flats were one-bedroom market homes (the sort of housing that was not in greatest demand – see Table 13) and the space standards required in planning applications were waived. This has led, in one case, to a proposed basement studio flat measuring 10m2 compared to the normal space standard for a studio is 37m2.

I16.3 The council has tried to mitigate the effects of the Government policy by

introducing an Article 4 Direction (which requires a planning permission again for offices converting to flats and so will limit occupied offices being lost and will ensure decent standards for new housing). However, the Government inferred that it would only allow the council to have the Article 4 Direction covering Sutton Town Centre and so the rest of the borough still suffers from the Government legislation. Table 21 provides some key figures of the permitted development rights.

Table 21: Key Statistics on the Office to Residential Permitted Development Rights (30 May 2013 to 11 September 2015) Office space lost across the borough 79,004m2 Occupied office space lost across the borough 49,274m2 (62%) Sutton Town Centre vacant office space in Jan 2013 31,071m2 Sutton Town Centre office space lost between 30 May 2013 and when the Article 4 Direction was introduced on 29 Jan 2015

38,818m2

Sutton Town Centre office space lost between 30 May 2013 and 29 Jan 2015 as a percentage of total office space in the centre

28%


84

Number of new market homes approved 1,114 Number of new affordable homes approved 0 Number of studio/1-bedroom homes 595 (53%) Number of 2-bedroom homes 495 (44%) Number of 3-bedroom homes 23 (2%)

Future Office Demand

I16.4 Given the changes in the office floorspace market and the Government’s recent intervention into the market, predicting the future of office floorspace in the borough is difficult. The GLA-commissioned London Office Policy Review (2012, updated 2014) predicts sluggish growth for the borough. However, the council’s Town Centres and Economic Development Assessment spoke to local estate agents who reported demand increasing, vacancies falling and rents rising. The agents also suggested that speculative office building for rent market was largely over in the borough. Instead, the office market was likely to involve bespoke office constructions for particular companies, such as the Subsea 7 headquarters on Brighton Road, Sutton. The council also considers that there is a market for small complexes of self-contained offices with excellent digital infrastructure and parking, such as Mulgrave Chambers, Mulgrave Road, Sutton.

I16.5 The council’s Town Centres and Economic Development Assessment

identified a number of possible scenarios for future office demand and these are set out in Table 22.

Table 22: Gross Office Floorspace Requirement 2016-2031 Projection Floorspace Need (m2) Experian Baseline Job Growth 53,900 GLA Job Growth (using council’s methodology) 45,600 Past Take-Up Continues -16,300 Higher Future Take-Up 17,400 Labour Supply Growth (@363 homes each year) 22,000 Labour Supply Growth (@423 homes each year) 23,000 Labour Supply Growth (@500 homes each year) 24,000

Issues to Consider I16.6 Therefore, the issues to consider are whether the loss of office floorspace has

finally finished, the market is stronger and specific office building can take place again or whether the decline will continue.

Table 23: Options to Manage Future Office Space Development

Do Nothing Aim to Meet Low to Medium Office Floorspace Forecasts

(0-23,000m2)

Aim to Meet High Office Floorspace Forecasts

(24,00-54,000m2) ● Office floorspace will continue to be lost through permitted development rights ● Allocate a nominal amount of office space in future site allocations

● Lobby the Government to remove the permitted development right or allow more Article 4 Directions ● Allocate town centre sites flexibly so that sites can come forward as solely office to aid bespoke office construction or small multi-company developments

● Lobby the Government to remove the permitted development right or allow more Article 4 Directions ● Allocate town centre sites specifically for offices so that sites can come forward as solely office to aid bespoke office construction or small multi-company developments


85

Implications ● There are likely to be very few vacant offices ● The borough’s town centres will largely become a dormitory town

Implications ● This would limit further office loss ● It would allow for bespoke office developments ● It may not meet future office need

Implications ● This would limit further office loss ● It would allow for bespoke office developments ● It may lead to an over-supply of office space on some forecasts and vacant floorspace

? Consultation Question 16a Which option for office floorspace land do you support? Please give your reasons (optional) Is there any other strategy you would like to propose?

Permitting the Loss of Offices

I16.7 Regardless of the overall strategy for office floorspace, the Local Plan will still require a policy to limit the inappropriate loss of office space, for example in the case where it has not been proved that the office floorspace is surplus to overall requirements. Currently, offices can be lost to other land uses through permitted development rights (without the need for a planning application) but the council is assuming that this policy will eventually be discontinued and a planning application will, once again, be required. A draft policy for the loss of office space is set out below.

Draft Policy on the Loss of Office Space (Uses A2 and B1a) (a) The council will not grant planning permission for proposals involving the loss

of existing office accommodation unless it is shown the office accommodation is no longer required. The need for the particular office accommodation will be judged on: (i) Proof of marketing for a reasonable time period (assessed on a case-

by-case basis) at an appropriate market value with a recognised agent (ii) Proof that opportunities to reconfigure and reuse the accommodation

have been exhausted (b) Proposals involving the loss of ground floor office space in the town centres

will be required to be replaced by an appropriate town centre use(s) (see Glossary)

? Consultation Question 16b Do you agree with the draft policy on the Loss of Office Space? If not, please give details


86

I-17

Town and Local Centre Development

The Changing Face of Retail

I17.1 As with office development, retailing has been undergoing both cyclical and structural change. The retail sector has suffered from a sustained period of economic downturn as consumer spending has been squeezed. In structural terms, some centres suffer competition from out-of-centre developments, however, Sutton appears to have fewer out-of-centre developments than either Croydon or Merton or Kingston.

I17.2 Internet retailing is also having an effect on the High Street. Currently, 5% of

convenience (everyday goods such as food) shopping is done on-line while 15% of comparison (rarer or one-off purchases) is done by internet. According to the council’s Town Centres and Economic Development Assessment, internet shopping is expected to peak at between 20-25% in 2020 and then plateau. The effect, though, will not be even across all retail and service sectors. Electrical retailers, books/media, homeware retailers and, to a lesser extent, clothing retailers face particularly strong competition from the internet, as do High Street services, such as estate agents and travel agents. The Council does not believe, as some commentators do, that the High Street is dying. Firstly, even at the highest end of the estimate, 75% of shopping in 2020 will NOT be done on-line and, given that the click-and-deliver model is highly unprofitable for retailers, click-and-collect will mean that shoppers will still need to go to town centres to collect purchases.

I17.3 While traditional retailing is declining, service sectors such as restaurant/food

and beverage, health and fitness and hotels have grown despite the economic downturn. Food and beverage has seen particularly strong growth and suggests that shopping is less about purchasing and more about a day out. Therefore, there is a case for adapting town centre policy away from a strong retail focus to a strategy which encourages footfall with a variety of popular uses.

Competition from and between Centres I17.4 The borough’s town centre network comprises: Sutton Town Centre (which is

classified as a Metropolitan Centre by The Mayor of London – the highest grade shopping centre outside the West End and Knightsbridge) and seven District Centres (Carshalton, Cheam, Hackbridge, North Cheam, Rosehill, Wallington and Worcester Park). District centres are intended to provide goods and services for their local communities and are spread across the borough. There is a third tier of centres, Local Centres (essentially local shopping parades) which provide everyday needs for those nearby. Within the borough, the hierarchy of centres works well with a good geographic spread and no centre in direct competition with each other. Vacancy rates are low, with the exception of North Cheam, as shown in Table 6. The competition for trade is essentially from outside the borough with Sutton Town Centre in


87

competition with Croydon, Kingston and Wimbledon and this is covered in Issue 4.

Permitted Development Rights

I17.5 As with offices, the Government has liberalised the planning system by allowing changes of use without the need for planning permission (permitted development rights). For example, shops and offices occupied by professional services, such as estate agents and solicitors, are allowed to change to assembly and leisure uses and residential uses without the need for planning permission. However, the take-up of these permitted development rights has been small compared to the office permitted development right take-up but they poses a threat to the vitality of certain district centres, for example Worcester Park, and the Local Centres.

Demand for New Retailing I17.6 The council’s Town Centre and Economic Development Assessment

identified the need for new retail and food and beverage floorspace across the borough using forecasting models with some variables altered and the results are set out in Tables 24 and 25. The need for food and beverage outlets is borough-wide, rather than centre specific, and is quite large in comparison with future retail floorspace need. The Town Centre and Economic Development Assessment also identified possible demands for a “boutique” cinema, more gyms (especially of the budget variety), hotel(s) and more night-time entertainment activities.

Table 24: Retail Sales Gross Floorspace Demand in 2031 Sutton Town Centre Convenience Floorspace: 4,112m2 – potentially negated by Gasholder development Comparison Floorspace: Maximum Growth – 32,216m2; @500 homes per year – 24,480m2; @423 homes per year – 23,695m2; @363 homes per year 23,083m2 - can be reduced by 5,700m2 due to Gasholder development Wallington (with Hackbridge) Convenience Floorspace: 6,765m2 – potentially partially negated by the proposed supermarket on the Felnex site, Hackbridge Comparison Floorspace: Maximum Growth – 5,786m2; @500 homes per year – 4,600m2; @423 homes per year – 4,513m2; @363 homes per year 4,445m2 – can be reduced by 4,300m2 due to Wallington Square and Felnex, Hackbridge, developments Carshalton Convenience Floorspace: 571m2 – to be met by windfall development Comparison Floorspace: Maximum Growth – 1,056m2; @500 homes per year – 680m2; @423 homes per year – 661m2; @363 homes per year 646m2 – could be met by the redevelopment of Beacon Grove Cheam Convenience Floorspace: 1,521m2 – to be met by windfall development Comparison Floorspace: 64m2 need – to be met by windfall development


88

North Cheam Convenience Floorspace: 1,339m2 – to be met by windfall development Comparison Floorspace: 0m2 need Rosehill Convenience Floorspace: 0m2 – to be met by windfall development Comparison Floorspace: 0m2 need Worcester Park Convenience Floorspace: 577m2 – to be met by windfall development Comparison Floorspace: 0m2 need

Table 25: Food and Beverage Sales Gross Floorspace Demand in 2031 Scenario Borough-wide Sales Floorspace (m2) Maximum Growth 14,076 @ 500 homes per year 10,037 @ 463 homes per year 9,743 @ 363 homes per year 9,514

I17.7 In summary, the council believes that:

Internet shopping will have an effect, but not a devastating effect, on the borough’s town centres

The council expects to see convenience and comparison shopping growth in Sutton Town Centre

The council expects to see convenience and comparison shopping growth in Wallington and Hackbridge

The council expects to see convenience shopping growth in all centres except Rosehill

The council expects to see comparison shopping growth in Carshalton The council expects to see significant food and beverage growth in all

centres The council expects to see cinema, gym and hotel growth across the

borough.

? Consultation Question 17a Do you agree with the council’s expectations for its town centres (I17.7)? If not, please give details

Intrusive Town Centre Uses

I17.8 The council has received representations from residents requesting the limitation of hot-food takeaways, residential units in town centres, bookmakers and pay-day loans and pawnbrokers. Consequently, the council has undertaken research to assess the impact of these uses on the attractiveness of town and, in particular, local centres.


89

I17.9 Hot-Food Takeaways: The council has investigated the proliferation of hot-food takeaways from two standpoints: (1) their proximity to schools, and (2) their clustering and concentration within certain centres. In the case of the proximity of hot-food takeaways to schools, the council found no evidence that hot-food takeaways were targeting school children. Indeed, the overwhelming majority of hot-food takeaways were in designated shopping parades. Furthermore, the council has discovered that obesity among the borough’s children is below the London and England averages but obesity among the borough’s adults is above the London and England averages, suggesting the consumption of bad food is an adult issue. However, the council did find evidence of clustering in certain Local Centres, namely Sutton Common Road, The Chase, Oldfields Road and Wrythe Green. The clustering leads to often unsightly premises and can generate noise, disturbance, traffic and smells. The council considers there is evidence to consider the clustering and concentration of hot-food takeaways a nuisance and proposes that total percentage of hot-food takeaways (A5 units) in a centre should be no more than 20% or the number of hot-food takeaways in a frontage (ie the shops between two side roads) should be limited to 2.

I7.10 Residential Development: The expansion of residential areas into town and

local centres may be considered appropriate providing an active frontage remains on the ground floor. However, the council is concerned that residential development is breaking up some retail frontages leading to a disjointed centre and a gradual loss in the vitality of the centre. There are high levels of residential development in the following Local Centres: London Road (Staines Avenue), Belmont and Angel Hill. The council considers that ground floor residential development within a centre harms the vitality and viability of a centre. Therefore, shops, professional services, restaurants, pubs, offices and certain non-residential institutions should not be allowed to convert to residential uses in a town centre unless they retain an active ground floor frontage or unless permitted development rights dictate otherwise.

I17.11 Bookmakers: Between 2006 and 2014, the number of bookmakers in the

borough increased from 31 to 35. However, this headline figure masks some smaller trends. While there were an increased number of bookmakers in Sutton Town Centre and the District Centres, in the Local Centres the number decreased. It is suspected this is due to falling rents in Sutton Town Centre and District Centres which allowed bookmakers to “trade up” in terms of location from Local Centres. In improving economic conditions, it might be expected the bookmakers would be driven out of their new locations. Finally, Ladbrokes and Gala Coral have announced merger plans which would reduce the number of bookmakers on the High Street. The council proposes to have no policy limiting bookmakers as the market is likely to reduce the number of bookmakers.

I17.12 Payday Loan Shops, Cheque Cashing for Commission Outlets and

Pawnbrokers: In 2014, the council identified 7 such companies in Sutton Town Centre, one in North Cheam and one at Middleton Circle. These types


90

of financial services have grown during the economic downturn and there has been a particular clustering in the northern end of Sutton High Street. However, there are reasons to believe these companies are a short-term phenomenon. Firstly, in November 2014, the Financial Conduct Authority limited the interest and charges on payday loans and, secondly, the regeneration of the north of Sutton Town Centre may cause an uplift in rents and the companies may be priced out of the High Street. The council proposes to have no policy limiting payday loan shops, cheque cashing for commission outlets and pawnbrokers as the market is likely to reduce the number of these businesses.

For Town Centres and Local Centres, see Schedules 5A, 5B and 5C, Maps 5.4-3.37c

?

Consultation Question 17b ● Do you agree with the council’s proposals for: ● Hot-food takeaways ● Residential development in town centres ● Bookmakers ● Payday loan companies, cheque cashing for commission outlets and pawnbrokers


91

I-18

Shopping Frontages in Sutton Town Centre and the District Centres

I18.1 The council’s planning policy concerning shopping frontages is fundamental to

protecting Sutton Town Centre and the borough’s District Centres. Currently, Sutton Town Centre and each District Centre have their centre frontages, divided into primary and secondary frontages, with primary shopping frontages, in the very middle of centres, expected to include a high proportion of shops and secondary frontages expected to provide a more diverse range of uses but all providing high levels of footfall.

Primary Shopping Frontages I18.2 Current planning policy with regard to primary shopping frontages requires

that 75% of A1-A5 uses are A1 shop uses in Sutton Town Centre and 65% of A1-A5 uses are A1 shop uses in the District Centres, Table 26 sets out the current uses within the primary frontages of Sutton Town Centre and the District Centres.

Table 26: Primary Shopping Frontage Units by Use, 2013-14 Use Sutton Carshalton Cheam Hackbridge A1 – Shops 94 (67%*) 25 (76%*) 51 (76%*) 9 (60%*) A2 - Services (eg banks) 25 (18%*) 4 (12%*) 2 (3%*) 1 (7%*)

A3 – Cafes & Restaurants 14 (10%)* 3 (9%*) 12 (18%*) 2 (13%*)

A4 – Pubs 5 (4%*) 0 (0%*) 2 (3%*) 0 (0%*) A5 –Hot Food Takeaways 3 (2%*) 1 (3%*) 0 (0%*) 3 (20%*)

Other uses 38 2 24 14 Total 179 35 91 29 Use North Cheam Rosehill Wallington Worcester Pk A1 – Shops 23 (70%*) 21 (68%*) 48 (67%*) 38 (78%*) A2 - Services (eg banks) 2 (6%*) 4 (13%*) 17 (24%*) 7 (14%*)

A3 – Cafes & Restaurants 2 (6%*) 2 (6%*) 4 (6%*) 3 (6%*)

A4 – Pubs 1 (3%*) 0 (0%*) 1 (1%*) 0 (0%*) A5 –Hot Food Takeaways 5 (15%*) 4 (13%*) 2 (3%*) 1 (2%*)

Other uses 8 6 12 10 Total 41 37 84 59

* Percentage of A1-A5 uses I18.3 An issue to consider is whether the current percentages are appropriate in the

future, given that there is expected to be a large growth in food and beverage outlets (A3 and A4 uses) possibly at the expense of shops (A1 uses) and the internet is expected to reduce the number of shops overall.

I18.4 Besides the proportions of a centre’s units as shops, current policy also

requires that there can be no more than three adjoining non-A1 (shop) uses in


92

a primary shopping frontage. A further issue to consider is whether this policy should be continued into the next plan.

Secondary Shopping Frontages I18.5 In secondary shopping frontages, the current planning policy is more relaxed

about the number of shops. It is considered that, in addition to A1, A3 and A4 uses, the following may be appropriate: ● Financial services, such as banks and building societies, professional services including estate and employment agencies (A2 uses) ● Hot food takeaways, provided there is not a clustering of such uses (A5 use) ● Clinics, health centres, crèches, day nurseries, day centres, schools, art galleries, museums, libraries, halls, law courts and non-residential education and training centres (certain D1 uses) ● Cinemas, music and concert halls, bingo and dance halls, swimming baths, skating rinks, gymnasiums or areas used for indoor sports or recreation uses (certain D2 uses).

I18.6 In all cases, it is important that the uses should be open to the public, have an

active frontage (with, for example, a window display) and current planning policy also has regard to whether there are three adjoining non-A1 (shop) uses in a secondary frontage. Given the likely growth in food and beverage outlets, it may be possible that the three adjoining non-A1 (shop) uses should be dropped from secondary shopping frontage requirements.

? Consultation Question 18 Should the council allow more non-shops in town centres? If yes, which sort of uses should be allowed


93

I-19

Local Centres and Isolated Shops

Local Centres I19.1 Local Centres are local shopping parades which serve the communities

immediately around them and reducing the need to travel for staple purchases. Typically, they include a convenience shop or a small supermarket, they may also have newsagents, chemists, local cafes/restaurants, hot-food takeaways, small offices and, in this borough particularly, they are a popular location for stores serving particular trades, such as electricians, plumbers and painters and decorators.

I19.2 In terms of function, Local Centres add considerably to the quality of life

although, in a number of cases, their public realm is sub-standard. The council considers it is important to retain the vitality of the local centres, even though permitted development rights mean the council now has limited control over changes of use.

I19.3 The council proposes some changes to the existing Local Centre policy:

The abolition of the distinction between Larger Local Centres and Local Centres to allow different scales of shops in all Local Centres

The changes to some Local Centre boundaries to reflect changes in land use

The addition of two new Local Centres to provide locations for click-and-collect points for central London commuters at Carshalton station (North Street) and Sutton Common Station. The borough’s other rail stations already have adjacent Local Centres

The designation of the Lind Road/Lower Road junction as a Local Centre

Local Shopping Provision outside Town and Local Centres

I19.4 Although the Local Centre coverage is quite extensive across the borough, there are some areas which rely solely on a local convenience shop. Although the council has no planning control over the loss of convenience shops to certain other uses (because of permitted development rights again), the council still considers it is important to have a policy preventing the loss of a local convenience shop to uses where a planning permission is still required.


Draft Policy on Local Centres and Isolated Shops

Local Centres (a) The council will not grant planning permission for the change of use from A1

uses (particularly those involving cold food sales, newsagents, chemists and post offices) to other uses unless it is demonstrated that: (i) There is an adequate alternative and equally accessible provision of


94

basic shops available to serve local residents (ii) The existing range of basic shops in the local centre is not adversely

affected (iii) The shop unit is vacant and it has been marketed at an appropriate

rent with a recognised agent for at least six months (iv) Where the above criteria are satisfied, it also meets the requirements

set out in (b) below (b) The council will allow the change of use between the following uses:

● Financial services, such as banks and building societies, professional services including estate and employment agencies (A2 uses) ● Cafes and Restaurants (A3 uses) ● Clinics, health centres, crèches, day nurseries, day centres, schools, art galleries, museums, libraries, halls, law courts and non-residential education and training centres (certain D1 uses) ● Cinemas, music and concert halls, bingo and dance halls, swimming baths, skating rinks, gymnasiums or areas used for indoor sports or recreation uses (certain D2 uses), provided that: (i) Convenient local shopping facilities are maintained (ii) Proposals will not lead to an over-concentration of single uses (iii) It maintains an interesting street frontage through maintaining a

window display

Isolated Shops (c) Outside town and local centres, the council will not grant planning permission

for the loss of A1 shops within areas of more than 400 metres walking distance from alternative shopping facilities, unless it has been demonstrated that the shop has been vacant for more than 6 months and the shop has been marketed at an appropriate rent through a recognised agent. The Provision of New Shops

(d) The council will encourage new convenience shops within existing communities or as part of new development provided that the proposals are of an appropriate scale to the locality.

? Consultation Question 19 Do you agree with the draft policy on Local Centres and Isolated Shops? If not, please give details


95

I-20

Education

I20.1 The council aims to provide a high standard of education and training for

everyone and has a statutory duty to ensure that there are sufficient school places in the borough. The council takes into account Greater London Authority (GLA) and Office for National Statistics (ONS) demographic projections when undertaking this function.

I20.2 In practice, it is a difficult task to attempt to predict with any certainty the need

for primary and secondary school places and the further out the timescale the less accurate projections may become.

I20.3 ONS data shows that the number of births in Sutton has risen from 2,009 in

2001-2 to 2,576 in 2007-8 and up to 2,642 in 2013-14. As a result, the demand for primary school places in Sutton has increased significantly over this period. 21 of the borough’s primary schools have (or are in the process of being permanently expanded), with a number of schools also admitting “bulge classes” in that period.

I20.4 Table 27 shows the additional places that have been or are being created at

primary schools to deal with the rise in the birth rate in the borough. Table 27: Additional Places Created or Being Created at Existing Primary Schools since 2009 School Name Year Number of extra places All Saints Benhilton 2012 175 All Saints Carshalton 2012 175 Amy Johnson 2012 210 Avenue Primary 2011 210 Bandon Hill - Wood Field 2013 840 Barrow Hedges Primary 2009 210 Beddington Park Primary 2011 210 Brookfield Primary 2009 210 Cheam Common Infants 2012 90 Cheam Common Junior 2015 120 Devonshire primary 2011 210 Dorchester Primary 2011 210 Hackbridge Primary 2009 210 Manor Park* 2017 210 Muschamp Primary 2011 210 St Elphege's Infants 2012 90 St Elphege's Junior 2015 120 St Mary's Infants 2012 90 St Mary's Junior 2015 120 Cheam Park Farm Infants 2016 45 Cheam Park Farm Junior 2018 60 TOTAL 4025


96

I20.5 The vast majority of the additional places created in primary schools have been taken up and there remains relatively little spare capacity in the primary sector at present. As increasing rolls come through the borough’s primary schools, there will be a corresponding increase in demand in the borough’s secondary schools. Table 28 shows the additional places that will be created at secondary schools in the borough to accommodate the rise in birth rates (excluding 6th form provision).

Table 28: Additional Places That Will Be Created at Existing Secondary Schools School name Year Number of extra places (11-16) Non-Such High School for Girls 2015 150 Sutton Grammar School 2015 75 Glenthorne 2015 135 Carshalton High School for Girls 2015 150 Carshalton Boys Sports College 2015 150 Greenshaw Learning Trust 2016 300 St Philomena’s 2016 150 The John Fisher 2016 150 Wallington County Grammar School 2016 75 Overton Grange 2016 150 TOTAL 1485

Medium-Term Forecasts

I20.6 School places are principally planned at Year R (primary) and at Year 7 (secondary). The tables below provide the latest ‘medium term’ projection for both primary and secondary school places in the borough. There are a wide variety of factors that can change over time as well as year on year (e.g. inward /outward migration, take up within independent sector, cross-border movements, transition rates from births to year R and from Year 6 to 7 and so on). As a result, projections are monitored and updated annually.

I20.7 As the tables below identify, while expansions of existing schools have and

will go a long way to help meet the demand for school places in the borough, additional school provision is still expected to be required in the medium term in both the primary and secondary sectors.

Table 29: Reception Demand Profile

2015-16 2016-17 2017-18 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21

Projection for Yr R 2565 2567 2508 2568 2561 2558

With 2% unfilled 2616 2618 2558 2619 2612 2609

Permanent PAN (Published Admission Numbers)

2505 2550 2550 2550 2550 2550

Additional Need in Forms of Entry (FE)

4 2 0.5 2 2 2


97

I20.8 Table 29 identifies the capacity at Year R in the borough’s primary schools

including those projects that are listed in Table 27 but it excludes the proposed further expansion of the Hackbridge Primary School at Land North of BedZED. Allowing for some unfilled capacity in the primary sector (generally accepted as between 2 and 5% to allow for infant class size legislation), the profiles identify that there is a need for 2 additional forms of entry in the primary sector to 2020. Given that there is a deficit of places in the primary sector in the central planning area, it is highly preferable that at least one of these forms of entry is created in this part of the borough.

Table 30: Year 7 Demand Profile

2015-16 2016-17 2017-18 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21

Projection for Yr 7 2946 2994 3064 3247 3418 3538

Permanent PAN (Published Admission Numbers)

2919 3084 3084 3084 3084 3084

Need in Forms of Entry (FE)

2 0 0.5 6 11 15

I20.9 Table 30 identifies the capacity at Year 7 in the borough’s secondary schools

including the additional capacity created by those projects that are listed in Table 28. As the table above identifies, with respect to secondary place planning, there appears to be a need for up to 15 additional forms of entry by 2020. It should be noted that the above profile currently assumes a relatively high transition ratio from year 6 to year 7 and a relatively high proportion of pupils attending schools from outside of the borough (based on previous patterns). Furthermore, as new secondary schools are built on the borough’s borders some of these cross border assumptions in the projections model could change over time. However, even allowing for some ‘sensitivity’ in these factors it looks highly likely that 2 new secondary schools will be required in the borough by 2019 or 2020.

Longer -Term Forecasts

I20.10 The planning period in the Local Plan extends to 2031. School level projections will be less reliable over this timeframe, however the council has investigated a number of growth scenarios over the Plan period in an effort to try and ascertain how many new forms for primary and secondary schools might be required. These scenarios model a range of factors including birth/fertility rates, pupil yield from housing and the number of residential units delivered over the plan period, changing transition rates (inward and outward migration and independent provision take up), as well as any potential impact from new schools on borough boundaries to provide a high, medium and low growth scenario to help assess whether sites should be “safeguarded” to allow for those different growth scenarios. These scenarios are set out in Table 31.


98

Table 31 Primary and Secondary Projections for 2031

School Type Projection Scenario Deficit /Surplus of places in

2031 at Year 7 (forms of entry)

Primary Low +8 Primary Medium 0 Primary High -7 Secondary Low -2 Secondary Medium -15 Secondary High -25 I20.11 The wide range of potential requirements for school places in the borough

between the different scenarios identified in Table 31 makes it difficult to state with any certainty what will be required as part of the new Local Plan. Uncertainty is not unusual with respect to school place planning, however the scenario analysis does give a sense of what might happen in the future and what it would be prudent to plan for.

I20.12 In order to be able to respond to the changing future educational needs of the

borough, the council has to identify a number of new schools sites that are capable of being delivered when the need is likely to arise. It is considered that there is likely to be a need for both a new primary school and secondary school within each of the following time periods: before 2017; before 2019/20 and between 2025 and the end of the Plan period. As a result, the council undertook an extensive borough-wide site search.

I20.13 The site search started with a list of over 250 potential sites, all with an area

of at least 0.4ha. The most suitable option was a council-owned brownfield site but greenfield sites were included in the event that a suitable brownfield site was not available. Sites were initially screened for their suitability and against other planning designations and assessed for deliverability. This screening produced a shorter list of 92 sites and these were assessed against public transport accessibility levels and further planning considerations. This resulted in the 16 sites which are now listed for consultation in the draft policy below. From these alternatives, it is intended to identify both one new primary and secondary school for each time period. The full methodology for this site search is available to view in the Local Plan evidence base on the council’s website (www.sutton.gov.uk/localplan).

Draft Policy on Education (a) The council will provide or support the provision of facilities to meet the

accommodation needs for additional primary and secondary school places to serve the general increase in population across the borough.

(b) In order to ensure that the appropriate number of educational sites is

available to allow future schools to be built to meet a range of possible housing and growth scenarios, the council will:


99

For Secondary School Provision

Allocate Land at the former Sutton Hospital site for a new secondary school (see Issue 3)

Allocate one second secondary school site to meet education needs in the medium term to 2020

Safeguard a third site for one potential new secondary school should it be

required later in the plan period

The second allocated site and the safeguarded site will be selected from the following shortlist:

o Sutton West Centre (Potential Site Allocation STC4)

o Civic Centre, Sutton (Potential Site Allocation STC9)

o Robin Hood School, Sutton (Potential Site Allocation STC27)

o Part of a regenerated Chaucer Estate (Potential Site Allocation (STC 42)

o Part of a regenerated Benhill Estate (Potential Site Allocation STC43)

o Part of a regenerated Collingwood Estate (Potential Site Allocation STC 46)

o Collingwood Recreation Ground, Sutton (Potential Site Allocation S99)

o Part of Rosehill Recreation Ground (the All-Weather Pitch and former mini-golf area) (Potential Site Allocation S92)

o Tennis Centre, Rosehill (Potential Site Allocation 98)

Deliverability is also a factor in selection For Primary School Provision Allocate Land at London Road, Hackbridge for a new primary school

(Potential Site Allocation S3)

Allocate one second primary school site to meet education needs in the medium term to 2020

Safeguard a third site for one potential new primary school should it be

required later in the plan period

The second allocated site and the safeguarded site will be selected from the following shortlist:

o Sutton West Centre (Potential Site AllocationSTC4)


100

o Civic Centre, Sutton (Potential Site Allocation STC9)

o Wallington Hall and Car Park (Potential Site Allocation S12)

o Council offices, Carshalton (Potential Site Allocation S52)

o Council car park, Carshalton (Potential Site Allocation S53)

o Secombe Theatre with adjacent church, Sutton (Potential Site Allocation STC10)

o Houses adjacent to Manor Park, Sutton (Potential Site Allocation STC 38

o Part of a regenerated Chaucer Estate (Potential Site Allocation STC42)

o Part of a regenerated Benhill Estate (Potential Site Allocation STC43)

o Part of a regenerated Collingwood Estate (Potential Site Allocation STC46)

o Collingwood Recreation Ground, Sutton (Potential Site Allocation S99)

o Part of Rosehill Recreation Ground (the All-Weather Pitch and former mini-golf area) (Potential Site Allocation S93)

o Tennis Centre, Rosehill (Potential Site Allocation S99)

Deliverability is also a factor in selection For Special Educational Needs Allocate a site at Sheen Way Playing Fields, Wallington for a Special

Educational Needs school in the long term to 2025. (Potential Site Allocation S97)

?

Consultation Question 20 Do you agree with the draft policy on education?

If not, please give details.

Do you have any views on how this need should be met and the list of potential school sites in the draft policy?


101

I-21

Improving Health and Well-being

Background

I21.1 The London Plan states that London’s health service is vital to maintaining and improving Londoners’ quality of life. Policy 3.17 of the current London Plan states that boroughs should ensure their public health teams work with the local NHS, social care services and community organisations to assess the need for health and social care facilities at the local and sub-regional levels.

I21.2 Improving our health and well-being, though, requires more than improving

access to medical treatment and services. There is an important link between the physical and social environment in which we live and how healthy we are, both physically and mentally.

I21.3 There is a wide range of factors that impacts upon the health of individuals

and a number of cross-cutting policy areas where planning can assist the health agenda to improve the health of individuals and address inequalities:

Housing quality; Active travel; Air quality, noise and amenity; Community safety; Access to work and training; Access to open space; Access to healthcare services; Accessibility

Health and Social Care Facilities within the Borough I21.4 On 1 April 2013, the Health and Social Care Act 2012 came into force,

bringing with it many new structures and arrangements for the NHS in England. Primary care trusts (PCTs) and strategic health authorities (SHAs) were abolished making NHS England (formerly the NHS Commissioning Board) and clinical commissioning groups (CCGs) responsible for commissioning the vast majority of NHS services. Local authorities were given responsibility for commissioning public health services.

The New Organisations and Their Roles

NHS Sutton Clinical Commissioning Group (Sutton CCG)

I21.5 Sutton CCG is a membership organisation that is comprised of 27 GP practices based in three geographical localities: Carshalton, Sutton and Cheam and Wallington. The CCG is a clinically-led statutory NHS body that is responsible for planning and commissioning healthcare services for Sutton, including:

Planned hospital care Rehabilitative care


102

Urgent and emergency care (including out-of-hours) Most community health services Mental health and learning disability services.

NHS England

I21.6 NHS England is an executive non-departmental public body, sponsored by the Department of Health. The organisation oversees the budget, planning, delivery and day-to-day operation of the commissioning side of the NHS in England (as set out in the Health and Social Care Act 2012). As well as holding the contracts for GPs, pharmacists and NHS dentists, NHS England:

Provides national leadership for improving outcomes and driving up the quality of care

Oversees the operation of clinical commissioning groups (CCGs) Allocates resources to CCGs Commissions primary care and specialist services

Public Health England

I21.7 Public Health England’s role is to protect and improve the nation's health and wellbeing and reduce health inequalities. Local leadership for public health is the responsibility of unitary local authorities, a role that is underpinned by statutory functions, dedicated resources and an expert public health team. The Director of Public Health, who advocates for the health of the local population, leads delivery of these functions for Sutton Council, supporting the political leadership.

NHS Property Services

I21.8 In April 2013, following the Health and Social Care Act (2012), Primary Care Trust (PCT) and Strategic Health Authority (SHA) estate was transferred to NHS Property Services, Community Health Partnerships and the NHS community health and hospital trusts.

I21.9 NHS Property Services is owned by the Secretary of State for Health and is

responsible for: 1. Strategic estate and asset management 2. Dedicated provider of support and facilities services, such as health

and safety, maintenance, electrical, cleaning and catering.

Community Health Partnerships (CHP) I21.10 Community Health Partnerships (CHP) is also wholly owned by the

Department of Health and its responsibilities include: Supporting the NHS and wider public sector to develop and implement

Local Estate Strategies Head tenant for the NHS LIFT estate and overall management of 305

primary and community healthcare buildings across England.

I21.11 Hospital services in Sutton are provided by Epsom and St Helier NHS Trust, the Royal Marsden NHS Foundation Trust and South West London and St George’s Mental Health NHS Trust.


103

Health and Well-being Boards I21.12 The 2012 Health and Social Care Act gave boroughs strategic responsibility

for promoting joined-up local commissioning of health, social care and public health services, through the establishment of statutory Health and Wellbeing Boards.

I21.13 Each board produces a joint strategic needs assessment (JSNA) for its local

authority area. The JSNA provides local policy-makers and commissioners with a profile of the health and wellbeing needs of the local population. The aim of the JSNA is to improve commissioning and reduce health inequalities by identifying current and future health trends within a local population.

I21.14 The Board is also responsible for producing a Joint Health and Wellbeing

Strategy. Priority areas identified from the JSNA are key for the development of the joint strategy, which in turn feeds into commissioning plans. The strategic direction of implementation and service delivery for health and wellbeing boards is outlined in the joint strategy documents.

I21.15 The membership of Sutton’s Health and Wellbeing Board comprises the

Leader and Chief Executive of the Council; the chairs of the council committees for Health, Children, Adults and Public Health; the directors of Adult Social Services, Public Health and Children’s Services; the Chief Operating Officer of Sutton CCG; representatives of Sutton Healthwatch; the voluntary and community sector and NHS England.

Health Improvements in the Borough 121.16The council has been working closely with health colleagues (NHS England,

Sutton CCG, the Healthy Urban Development Unit, NHS Property Services and Sutton’s Public Health team) to ensure that suitable health infrastructure is in place to meet the needs of the population over the period of the Local Plan (2016-2031). A key issue here is how the council seeks the provision of new infrastructure either on-site as part of a Section 106 agreement, or a financial contribution through the Community Infrastructure Levy.

I21.17 In terms of redevelopment plans over the Local Plan period (2016-2031):

The Sutton Hospital site (owned by the Epsom and St Helier University Hospitals NHS Trust) is now largely vacant and the future of the site is uncertain.

Epsom and St Helier University Hospitals NHS Trust lease the St Helier hospital site on a long –term basis and they are looking to invest in services over the Plan period.

The Royal Marsden NHS Foundation Trust is the largest cancer care centre in Europe, treating over 40,000 patients a year. Its academic partner is the Institute for Cancer Research (ICR) and together they form one of the largest comprehensive cancer centres in the world, with over 3,400 scientists, clinicians and nurses and an annual budget of over £3,230 million. The council and its health partners is proposing to create a new, state-of-the-art research and medical cluster on the sites currently occupied by the Institute of Cancer Research, the Royal Marsden Hospital and Sutton Hospital.


104

Further details of what is being proposed at the “London Cancer Hub” are set out in Policy I3 of this document.

I21.18 In terms of other health facilities in the borough:

It is proposed to provide additional capacity in Sutton town centre and Hackbridge and to consider expanding the Jubilee Health Centre in Wallington and the Manor Road Practice (Roundshaw Health Centre Branch), to support any new housing developments and population growth.

It is proposed to provide additional capacity in Belmont at the former Henderson Hospital site

I21.19 In line with guidance published by the Department of Health (June 2015),

Sutton CCG is developing a local estates strategy. The strategy, which is intended to be in place by the end of December 2015, will cover primary and community care estate and non-clinical estate and set out how the CCG will:

fully rationalise its estate, maximise use of facilities, deliver value for money, and enhance patients’ experiences.

Draft Policy on Health and Well-being (a) The council will support the provision of facilities to meet the accommodation

needs for additional health infrastructure to serve the general increase in population across the borough, by:

(i) Supporting the expansion of the Jubilee Health Centre in Wallington and the Manor Road Practice (Roundshaw Health Centre Branch) at Mollison Square

(ii) Allocating new health facilities at the Henderson Hospital, Homeland Drive (Potential Site Allocation S85), the Felnex Site, Hackbridge (Potential Site Allocation S1) and a new site in Sutton Town Centre

(b) The council will support the retention and improvement of facilities which promote healthy lifestyles such as leisure and open spaces (including playing pitches, allotments, and children’s play spaces) throughout the borough and will promote healthy, economic and sustainable alternatives to the car, including cycling and walking.

? Consultation Question 21 Do you agree with the draft policy on health and well-being? If not, please give details.


105

I-22

Social Infrastructure, including Public Houses

Background I22.1 Community facilities such as health, schools and sports & leisure centres are

a very important part of the social infrastructure contained within the London Borough of Sutton. They assist in the provision of key services to borough residents. These facilities are under pressure from cut backs in public funding; and the impact of continuing population growth and development. While there are opportunities for some of these services to be provided at home or online, physical infrastructure will remain the main method in which the majority of these services can be accessed.

I22.2 Social infrastructure can be defined as “physical facilities for different

individuals and communities that can be provided by a range of organisations (public, private and voluntary) and are generally organised by place, age or defining group such as children and the disabled”. The Mayor states in the justification to Policy 3.16 “Protection and enhancement of social infrastructure” that “social infrastructure covers a wide range of facilities such as health provision, nurseries, schools, colleges and universities, community, cultural, play, recreation and sports and leisure facilities, places of worship, fire stations, policing and other criminal justice or community safety facilities and many other uses that contribute to making an area more than just a place to live.

I22.3 The National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) and the London Plan

(especially policy 3.16) encourage boroughs to undertake an assessment of the quality and capacity of social infrastructure to meet the needs of its communities. The NPPF also deals with promoting healthy communities at paragraph 70; school provision at paragraph 72 and sport and recreation facilities at paragraph 73.

I22.4 London Plan policy 3.16 deals with the protection and enhancement of social

infrastructure. In terms of planning preparation, the London Plan states that plans should provide a framework for engagement with social infrastructure providers and community organisations; and boroughs should ensure adequate social provision is made to support new development.

Protecting Community Uses I22.5 It is important to ensure that residents have good access to a range of

buildings, facilities and opportunities for social interaction, including the opportunity for people who might not otherwise come into contact with one another. It is important that social facilities are either close to or easily accessible by public transport from where people live. Furthermore, because of the scarcity of suitable land and competing land uses, it is important that any social facility is as adaptable as possible to enable it to meet a variety of needs. This is particularly important with new schools, where there is scope to share the use of premises and playing fields. It is also important that those


106

uses that are likely to have very large or borough-wide catchment areas are located in the most accessible locations such as Sutton town centre, whereas those activities that are more local in nature should be more accessible on foot or by bicycle.

I22.6 As many existing community facilities are often situated within residential

areas, they can come under increasing pressure to be redeveloped for housing. It is important to retain such facilities unless alternative facilities are available nearby.

Providing New Facilities to Meet the Needs of a Growing Population I22.7 Developments can lead to increased pressure on Sutton’s existing community

facilities and infrastructure, either cumulatively or individually. Community facilities greatly enhance the quality of life in Sutton. One of the key issues arising from new development is how the council addresses the demands arising from that development for new community facilities. This can be done through either seeking a Section 106 agreement to mitigate the impact of the development or through the use of the new Community Infrastructure Levy and the collection of funds for a new piece of community infrastructure. When examining the impact of new development, the council will look at the likely number of future occupants of the proposed scheme, existing facilities accessible to the development and their capacity and the needs of community service providers operating in the area.

Assets of Community Value I22.8 The 'Community Right to Bid' was introduced by the Localism Act and came

into effect in September 2012. Eligible voluntary or community groups with a local connection can ask the council to register certain assets as being of value to the community by making a nomination. The Government envisaged that Assets of Community Value would include parks and open spaces, libraries, theatres, museums, heritage sites, cinemas, swimming pools and pubs. If an asset is registered and the owner wishes to sell, the new right will give an eligible community interest group that wishes to be treated as a potential bidder six months to put together a bid to buy it.

Public Houses I22.9 Since the introduction of Assets of Community Value, pubs have proved

particularly popular as nominated assets and, since the 6 April 2015, the Government has strengthened the regulations for pubs as Assets of Community Value. Once pubs have been nominated as an Asset of Community Value, their permitted development rights are suspended for 56 days. If the nomination is subsequently successful, the permitted development rights are then removed. This means that any demolition or change of use would first need planning permission. Also, before any development commences, developers must send a written request to the council to confirm if it has been nominated or registered as an Asset of Community Value.

I22.10 Public houses are features of the street scene and often a major part of a

particular locality. They also perform important social and community functions. However, a number of public houses have closed or been


107

threatened with closure in recent years as a result of 1) the alcohol duty escalator; 2) the economic slowdown; 3) aggressive profit targets by pubs; 4) alcohol being sold as a loss leader by supermarkets; 6) the smoking ban.

I22.11 In 2007 there were 68 public houses across the borough. Since then, five

have closed and are in a new use, seven are closed, one is open but being marketed, two are closed for refurbishment and 53 are still operating. This represents a loss of approximately 2 pubs per year across the borough.

I22.12 Given their streetscene and community value, and the fact that the Mayor of

London encourages boroughs to bring forward policies to maintain, manage and enhance public houses, it is recommended that measures to protect pubs are included in the Local Plan.

Draft Policy on Social Infrastructure (a) The council will grant planning permission for the development of social and

community infrastructure where it: (i) Is accessible by a range of transport modes, in particular by walking,

cycling and public transport; (ii) Provides flexible and adaptable space, where appropriate; (iii) Is close to or accessible to the community it is intended to serve and

is of an appropriate scale to meet that need; (iv) Is designed and sited to enable the shared use of premises and

playing fields for community purposes; (v) Would not have any adverse environmental effects; (vi) In the case of proposals for large developments generating significant

numbers of trips, such as indoor sports facilities are located within or on the edge of town centres or other areas of higher public transport accessibility.

(b) The council will not grant planning permission for development that involves the loss of a social or community facility unless:

(i) It can be demonstrated that the facility is no longer required either in its current use or for any alternative social or community use; or

(ii) Suitable alternative provision is made or is available nearby. Where proposals come forward involving the loss of a social/community facility, sufficient evidence will need to be provided to satisfy the council that the requirements of this policy have been met. This would demonstrate that for a period of 12 months there had been no interest in using the premises/land for their current or other community purposes at a reasonable charge or that the need for such a facility is already satisfied within premises in easy walking distance or an alternative facility will be provided within a similar distance. The council will seek to protect public houses that are considered to be of street scene and community value. The council would welcome applications from local voluntary or community groups seeking to register the public houses as set out below to be assets of community value.


108

Potential Assets of Community Value Beddington Harvest Home, 27 Beddington Lane, Croydon CR0 4TG The Plough, Croydon Road, Beddington CR0 4QR

Clockhouse Jack and Jill, Longlands Avenue, Coulsdon CR5 2QJ

Worcester Park HG Wells, 101 Cheam Common Road, Worcester Park KT4 8TA North End Tavern, 245 Cheam Common Road, Worcester Park, KT4 8ST

Sutton and West Sutton All Bar One, 2 Hill Road, Sutton SM1 1DZ Butterchurn, Erskine Road, Carshalton SM1 3AS Cock and Bull, 26-30 High Street, Sutton SM1 1HF Crown, 285 High Street, Sutton SM1 1LD Grapes, 198 High Street, Sutton SM1 1NR Little Windsor, 13 Greyhound Road, Sutton SM1 4BY Lord Nelson, 32 Lower Road, Sutton SM1 4QP Nightingale, 53 Carshalton Road, Sutton SM1 4LG Plough, 155 Gander Green Lane, West Sutton SM1 2EZ Prince Regent, 346 High Street, Sutton SM1 1PR Robin Hood, 52 West Street, Sutton SM1 1SH Winning Post, 265 High Street, Sutton SM1 1LD

Cheam and North Cheam The Harrow, 6 High Street, Cheam SM3 8RL The grumpy Mole, Ewell Road, Cheam SM3 8AA Lord Nelson, 837 London Road, North Cheam SM3 9DR Olde Red, Lion 17 Park Road, Cheam SM3 8QB Prince of Wales, 28 Malden Road, Cheam SM3 8QF Railway Inn, 32 Station Way, Cheam SM3 8SQ

Carshalton Fox and Hounds, 41 High Street, Carshalton SM5 3BB Greyhound Hotel, 2 High Street, Carshalton SM5 3PE Hope, 48 West Street, Carshalton SM5 2PR Racehorse, 17 West Street, Carshalton SM5 2PT Railway Tavern, 47 North Street, Carshalton SM5 2HU Sun, 4 North Street, Carshalton SM5 2HU Windsor Castle, 378 Carshalton Road, Carshalton SM5 3PT Woodman, 6 High Street, Carshalton SM5 3AG


109

Wallington/Hackbridge Dukes Head Hotel, The Green, 6 Manor Road, Wallington SM6 0AA Grange, Beddington Park, London Road, Wallington SM6 7BT Melbourne, 89 Manor Road, Wallington SM6 0DE Red Lion, Hackbridge Road, Hackbridge SM6 7AY Rose and Crown, London Road, Wallington Corner SM6 7HX

?

Consultation Question 22 Do you agree with the draft policy on social infrastructure?

Do you agree with the section on public houses? Would you add any public houses to the list within the draft policy?


110

I-23

Telecommunications

Background I23.1 The National Planning Policy Framework (March 2012) (paragraphs 42-46)

sets out guidance on the provision of high quality communications infrastructure. It states that high quality communications infrastructure is essential for sustainable economic growth.

I23.2 The NPPF states that in preparing local plans, local authorities should support

the expansion of electronic communications networks, including telecommunications and high speed broadband. They should aim to keep the number of masts and sites to a minimum. Existing masts, buildings and other structure should be used, unless the need for a new site has been justified. Where new sites are required, equipment should be sympathetically designed and camouflaged where appropriate.

I23.3 Local authorities are told they should not impose a ban on new

telecommunications development in certain areas, impose blanket Article 4 directions over a wide area or a wide range of telecommunications development or insist on minimum distances between new telecommunications development and existing development.

I23.4 The council normally expects that applications for telecommunications

development (including for prior approval under Part 24 of the General permitted Development Order) should have the necessary evidence to justify the proposed development. This includes:

The outcome of consultation with organisations with an interest in the proposed development (e.g. if a mast is to be installed near a school);

For an addition to an existing mast or base station, a statement that self-certifies that the cumulative exposure of the development will not exceed International Commission on non-ionising radiation protection guidelines;

For a new mast or base station, evidence the applicant has examined erecting antennas on an existing building, mast or other structure and a statement that self-certifies that, when operational, International Commission guidelines will be met.

I23.5 In respect of other infrastructure/utilities, the council seeks to work with

infrastructure providers and stakeholders to identify requirements for infrastructure provision and services for new development and to co-ordinate infrastructure delivery. Further, through the use of the Community Infrastructure Levy and Section 106 Planning Obligations, the council will ensure that, where necessary, new development meets the on- and off-site infrastructure required to support the development and/or mitigate the impact of the development through the use of planning obligations.

123.6 It is therefore considered the following policy will be necessary:


111

Draft Policy on Telecommunications

All telecommunications development should be sited and designed in such a way that it does not adversely affect the appearance of the surrounding area. The council will only grant planning permission of telecommunications equipment where: (a) All alternative sites which fulfil the functional requirements of the equipment

have been assessed; (b) It has been demonstrated that the use of existing facilities or sharing

equipment with other operators has been considered; (c) Consideration has been given to the need to cater for the future growing

demand for network development , including that of other operators; (d) Every effort has been made to minimise the visual impact of the proposal; (e) The applicant has demonstrated that the development will operate within the

International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection Guidelines for public exposure.

? Consultation Question 23 Do you agree with the draft policy on telecommunications? If not, please give details


112

I-24

Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land

Green Belt I24.1 A Green Belt around London was first mooted in 1935 but was not defined

until 1944 and local authorities did not designate it until 1947. Surprisingly, the 1944 Green Belt was looser around London than today. In 1944, none of what is now the London Borough of Sutton was included in the proposed Green Belt but today the borough has two areas: the Woodcote Green Belt, centred on Woodcote Grove House and the smallholdings, and the Cuddington Green Belt, which is centred on the Cuddington Golf Course.

I24.2 National policy states that the Green Belt should:

Check the sprawl of built-up areas Prevent towns merging into one and another Safeguard the countryside Conserve the setting and special character of historic towns Assist with urban regeneration.

I24.3 By and large, the borough’s Green Belt performs these functions well.

However, the council has recently undertaken a Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land review and identified a poorly performing area which is an area of possible release (see Potential Site Allocation S96) and is also proposing to redraw the Green Belt boundary at Woodcote to reflect the development of the Nurses’ Home of Queen Mary’s Hospital for housing and the development of Orchard Hill for housing and Stanley Park High.

I24.4 Within the press, there is considerable discussion of using the Green Belt to

solve the housing crisis. The council’s opinion is that the location of much of the Green Belt is such that it is remote and poorly served by transport and other infrastructure, and so development should only come forward on the Green Belt with significant national and regional infrastructure provision.

Metropolitan Open Land I24.5 The creation of Metropolitan Open Land (MOL) was one of the first acts of the

Greater London Council in 1967. It is a protective designation with same weight as Green Belt for open land within the urban area – in other words Green Belt inside London. It should be clearly distinguishable from the built-up area or include open air facilities for recreation or contain notable features or landscapes or form part of a green walking chain.

I24.6 The borough has 21 areas of MOL, varying in size from 2.17ha (Land North of

Goat Road) to 199.1 (Beddington Farmlands). In the Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land Review, a number of areas were identified as poorly fulfilling the functions of MOL and so the especially poor parts of these areas have been identified as potential development sites (see policy below)


113

I24.7 However, there are also some gains in MOL. Mayflower Park at Worcester Park is providing more MOL than the council originally predicted, a re-measurement of existing areas has identified some gains and it is proposed to add the school playing field in Grove Park, Carshalton, to MOL as the school no longer requires it.

I24.8 With the proposed changes (all available for consultation in the policy below

and in the Proposed Changes to the Proposal Map document), it is not anticipated that any further changes to the Green Belt or MOL will be necessary during the plan period and the openness of both the Green Belt and MOL will be protected. In order to assure this, a draft policy is proposed as follows:

Draft Policy on the Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land (a) The council will release the following area of land from the Green Belt:

Land West of Wellfield Gardens (Potential Site Allocation 96)

(b) The council will release the following areas of land from Metropolitan Open Land:

Land west of Beddington Lane (Potential Site Allocation S76) Land north of Kimpton Park Way (Potential Site Allocation S87) Part of Rosehill Recreation Ground (Potential Site Allocation S92) Part of Reigate Avenue Recreation Ground (Potential Site Allocation

94) Surrey Tennis and Country Club (Potential Site Allocation S95) Tennis Centre, Rosehill Recreation Ground (Potential S98)

(c) The council will not grant planning permission for inappropriate development

in the Green Belt or Metropolitan Open Land unless very special circumstances can be demonstrated which clearly outweigh the harm to the Green Belt or Metropolitan Open Land. The construction of new buildings and structures in the Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land will be inappropriate unless it is for the following purposes: (i) agriculture, horticulture or animal-related businesses (ii) appropriate facilities for outdoor sport and recreation and cemeteries,

and as long as the new buildings or structures preserve the openness of the Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land

(d) The Council will grant planning permission for extensions to, alterations to

and the replacement of existing buildings and structures in the Green Belt provided that the openness of the Green Belt is not affected and that the increase in the volume is no greater than 30% above the size of the original dwelling (excluding previous extensions).

(e) The Council will not grant planning permission for development within or

conspicuous from the Green Belt or Metropolitan Open Land if it has a detrimental impact on visual amenity.


114

For Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land, see Appendix 2, Schedules 2A and 2B, Maps 2.1 and 2.2

? Consultation Question 24 Do you agree with the draft policy on the Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land? If not, please give details


115

I-25

Open Space

Background I25.1 Planning guidance on open spaces is provided through the National Planning

Policy Framework (March 2012) (NPPF); the National Planning Practice Guidance (March 2014) and the Mayor’s London Plan (March 2015). Open space is defined in the glossary of the NPPF as “all open space of public value including not just land, but also areas of water (such as rivers, canals, lakes and reservoirs) which offer important opportunities for sport and recreation and can act as a visual amenity”.

I25.2 Open spaces include green spaces such as parks and allotments, natural

habitats, play grounds, and amenity space. While some open spaces have a strategic importance and are consequently identified as Green belt and Metropolitan Open Land (MOL), others have a local importance. However all form the network of open space. A total of 678 open spaces were identified and audited in the Open Space Strategy in the borough in 2005 and of these 450 had unrestricted public access; 172 of these have limited access; 15 have restricted access (out of bounds to the general public); and 41 have no public access. Taken together, the open spaces cover 518 hectares.

I25.3 Open spaces have many roles including providing for recreation and physical

activity; encouraging social interaction; promoting health and well-being and quality of life; providing facilities for children’s development; encouraging walking and cycling; reducing flood risk; and safeguarding biodiversity.

I25.4 The key pieces of green infrastructure in the borough include two areas of

Green Belt (Cuddington (106 hectares) and Little Woodcote (proposed to be 480 hectares); seven key areas of Metropolitan Open Land Beddington/Mitcham (199 hectares); Beddington Park (64 hectares); Cheam Park (26 hectares); Poulter Park (21 hectares); Rosehill Recreation Ground (19 hectares); Roundshaw Park (83 hectares) and St Helier Open Space (25 hectares).

Wandle Valley Regional Park I25.5 The Wandle Valley Regional Park occupies a special place in the borough’s

open space network. It identifies certain pieces of open space as part of a chain running the length of the River Wandle from Carshalton and Waddon to the River Thames. On-going work means that Wandle Valley Regional Park is slowly evolving and the work includes enhancing access and links, improving the landscape, the water quality of the river and ecological protection. The park is intended to offer opportunities for recreation, landscape, heritage and culture.

I25.6 With the borough boundary, the most significant piece of the park is

Beddington Park and Beddington Farmlands, but the park also comprises other pieces of the borough’s open space network, namely Bandon Hill


116

Cemetery, Carshalton Park, Grove Park, Wilderness Island, Mill Green, Poulter Park, St Helier Open Space, Rosehill Park East, Rosehill Recreation Ground, Thomas Wall Park, Reigate Avenue Recreation Ground and Sutton Common Recreation Ground.

I25.7 The council is a strong promoter of the Wandle Valley Regional Park and

many of its aims appear in other parts of this document, such as Issue 5 – Wandle Valley Renewal, Issue 24 – Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land and Issue 26 – Biodiversity.

Protection of Open Spaces

125.8 Sutton council has seen considerable development since the previous assessment of open space was published in February 2007. It is important that we protect our existing parks and open spaces as the projected level of growth over the Plan period up to 2031, as well as additional demand from outside the borough, will place increasing pressure on existing open space, as the number of users increase.

I25.9 The council seeks to protect open space designated on the borough

proposals map, in addition to other suitable land with the potential to be used as open space. The loss of open space can lead to longer journeys for sports & recreation, potentially limiting the health benefits of open spaces and opportunities for the community to meet and participate in local life.

I25.10 Open space distribution is not evenly distributed across the borough. Table

32 shows there is 2.73 hectares of open space per 1,000 population. (It shows that the Sutton population in 2011 was 190,146 people). At ward level, the provision ranges from 8.25 hectares per 1,000 population in Carshalton South & Clock house to 0.13 hectares in Wallington South.

Table 32: Amount of Open Space with Public Access per Ward – Existing Committee Area/ Ward

Area of Unrestricted

Open Space (ha)

Population 2011 Census

Open Space per 1,000

population

Open Space +/-

Borough Average

Beddington & Wallington Local Committee

159.82

Beddington North 80.53 10,309 7.81 5.08 Beddington South 74.89 10,667 7.02 4.29 Wallington North 3.07 10,650 0.29 -2.44 Wallington South 1.33 10,200 0.13 -2.6 Carshalton & Clockhouse Local Committee

109.13

Carshalton Central 28.96 10,039 2.88 0.15 Carshalton South & Clockhouse 80.17 9,715 8.25 5.52

Cheam North & Worcester Park Local Committee

63.2

Worcester Park 17.84 11,655 1.53 -1.2 Stonecot 28.93 10,712 2.7 -0.08 Nonsuch 16.43 10,641 1.54 -1.19


117

St Helier, The Wrythe and Wandle Valley Local Committee

85.05

St Helier 22.37 11,949 1.87 -0.86 The Wrythe 19.83 10,163 1.95 -0.78 Wandle Valley 42.85 11,630 3.68 0.95 Sutton Local Committee 59

Sutton North 31.54 10,355 3.05 0.32 Sutton Central 8.974 10,993 0.82 -1.91 Sutton West 18.49 10,536 1.75 -0.98 Sutton South, Cheam and Belmont Local Committee

43.25

Sutton South 1.55 9,599 0.16 -2.57 Cheam 27.59 10,285 2.68 -0.05 Belmont 14.11 10,048 1.4 -1.33 Total for Borough 519.45 190,146 2.73

I25.11 The GLA has published population projections for 20312, which are able to be

split at ward level. The “low” scenario estimates that Sutton’s population at 2031 would be 199,647, which would give a ratio of 2.84 hectares of open space per 1,000 population (including a net increase of 48ha between 2016 and 2031). The high scenario estimates that Sutton’s population at 2031 would be 227,739. This would give a ratio of 2.49 hectares of open space per 1,000 of population.

I25.12 Table 33 sets out two options for how we seek to protect open space, given

the different growth scenarios outlined in I25.11 above. Table 33: How Best to Protect Open Space/Level of Open Space in the Borough

Option 1 Option 2

Include a standard (e.g. existing standard of 2.73 hectares per 1,000 population) within the Open Space policy and require all residential development proposals in areas of open space deficiency in wards with below the Borough-wide target of this standard, say 2.73 hectares per 1,000 population, to provide new open space and/or make financial contributions to enable the provision of new open spaces or improvements to the accessibility and quality of existing public open space

Given the potential “high” growth GLA population increase highlighted in paragraph I25.11, an open space per 1,000 population target might be unrealistic (i.e. not enough new open space could be provided to keep the ratio at an acceptable level near 2.73). Should the council aim simply to retain the existing level of open space, and protect open spaces by ensuring that open spaces are not built on unless certain criteria are met, eg: ● an assessment has been undertaken to demonstrate that the open space , buildings or land are surplus to requirements ● the loss resulting from the proposed development would be replaced by equivalent or better provision in terms of quantity and quality in a better location ● the development is for an alternative sport and recreation facility, which outweighs the loss of open space in the borough (i.e. 518 hectares) over the new Local Plan period

2 2013 Round of Demographic Projections SHLAA-based ward projections (GLA, 6 March 2014)


118

? Consultation Question 25a Which option for open space protection do you support? Please give your reasons (optional) Is there any other strategy you would like to propose?

Provision of Play and Recreation Space for Children and Young People

I25.13 Should the provision of children’s play space and young people’s recreation space be required on major residential schemes where a need is generated? One way of doing this would be to use the maps in Appendix 2 showing deficiency to Areas of LEAP (Locally Equipped Areas of Play, and NEAP (Neighbourhood Equipped Areas of Play) to help assess this need. Where a development generates a need for playspace, the council could use a benchmark of 2.5 sqm per person when assessing provision (London Plan SPG Shaping Neighbourhoods: Play and Informal Recreation, 2012). The Provision of Other Types of Public Open Space

I25.14 Allotments and community food growing spaces provide an opportunity for people to grow affordable, fresh food, to take physical exercise and meet people. They contribute to sustainability objectives by reducing the distance that food needs to transported, the use of packaging and provide composting opportunities. There are 40 allotment sites in the borough, including one community allotment at Westmead Road. All the allotment sites are operating at or near 100% capacity and the council needs to maintain and increase allotment space where possible. Community or similarly managed provision could be encouraged where there is evidence of need in the local area. While the council will not use a benchmark standard for allotments or community food growing spaces, their provision will be taken into account in determining the overall level of open space provision.

Table 34: Provision of Other Types of Open Space

Option 1 Option 2 Include, as part of the Open Space policy, a section on allotments and community food growing spaces: “The council will encourage and support the provision of community-run and managed allotments and community food growing spaces in major new developments where possible and appropriate”.

Only keep a policy to protect against the loss of existing allotments in the Open Space policy.

? Consultation Question 25b Which option for food growing open spaces do you support? Please give your reasons (optional) Is there any other strategy you would like to propose?


119

Use of Financial Contributions for Public Open Space/Play Space I25.15 The council introduced a Community Infrastructure Levy Charging Schedule

on 1 April 2014. The majority of infrastructure funds are now sought through the Community Infrastructure Levy, rather than through the Section 106 legal agreement route. Section 106 agreements are still used to seek affordable housing on-site and for direct on-site mitigation. In terms of open space & play space provision, the Council’s Regulation 123 List (the list of infrastructure items that it will spend CIL funds on) states for open space/play space, CIL will be spent on: “Borough-wide Play and Activity Provision (£619,000) & Infrastructure Costs (£4,697,000)”. The key issue to remember with CIL funds and Section 106 monies is that, if an item of infrastructure is included within a council’s Regulation 123 list as a key CIL infrastructure priority, a Section 106 cannot be sought towards it.

I25.16 In terms of providing funds for new open space and improving existing open

space, there are three options as to how these funds are collected/spent: Table 35: Use of Financial Contributions for Public Open Space/Playspace

Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Use the CIL approach to fund all open space infrastructure priorities. The key benefit with this approach is that there is no link between a development and what the CIL monies are spent on so, in theory, money could be collected from all developments that pay CIL and be pooled to pay for open space/play space infrastructure. The key disadvantage is that there is no on-site provision and there might be a lull in the provision given to the time it takes to collect the money to fund open space infrastructure improvements.

Amend the CIL regulation 123 list and remove open space schemes from it and use Section 106 agreements to provide all new open space/play space infrastructure or improved open space/play space infrastructure on site. Key benefit is that all open space would be provided on-site to benefit residents (existing and new in the local area) and there would be no delay that would inevitably be associated where pooling of funds took place.

Use a mixture of CIL and Section 106 to prioritise where new/improved open space infrastructure can be secured by using Section 106s for large scale sites where they are most appropriate for achieving on-site open space improvements and re-wording the CIL 123 list to focus on smaller scale open space improvements that could not be provided through a Section 106 (e.g. in town centre developments where on-site provision is difficult to achieve). This is, in theory, a more targeted and sophisticated approach to improving open space provision but the CIL 123 List must be worded carefully and development control officers would have to ensure that appropriate on-site open space provision was provided by developers through a Section 106 agreement.

? Consultation Question 25c Which option for open space funding do you support? Please give your reasons (optional)


120

Local Green Spaces I25.17 The National Planning Policy Framework has introduced a new open space

designation: local green space. This designation should be used: ● Where the green space is in reasonably close proximity to the

community it serves; ● Where the green area is demonstrably special to a local community

and holds a particular local significance, for example because of its beauty, historic significance, recreational value (including as a playing field), tranquillity or richness of its wildlife; and

● Where the green area concerned is local in character and is not an extensive tract of land.

?

Consultation Question 25d Should the council introduce a new policy along the lines of “local green spaces” and, if so, should there be a priority list of local green spaces? Please give your reasons (optional)

For Green Chains, Public Open Space, Urban Green Space, Council Allotments, the Wandle Valley Regional Park, Deficiencies in Access to Parks, Deficiencies in Access to Play Areas, Open Space Access by Ward, see Appendix 2, Schedules 2C to 2I, Maps 2.3 to 2.13 Table 36: Draft List of Priority Green Space Infrastructure Improvements Key Green Space Infrastructure Items 1. Wandle Valley Regional Park, including parking and access to the Park 2. Enhancing existing open space 3. Improving land along the River Wandle for access and amenity 4. Improving access to facilities and amenity at Overton Park

? Consultation Question 25e Do you agree with the draft List of Priority Green Space Infrastructure Improvements Are there any other items you would like to add?

For Green Chains, Public Open Space, Urban Green Space, Council Allotments, the Wandle Valley Regional Park, Deficiencies in Access to Parks, Deficiencies in Access to Play Areas, Open Space Access by Ward, see Appendix 2, Schedules 2C to 2I, Maps 2.3 to 2.13


121

I-26

Biodiversity

I26.1 Biodiversity covers the variety of flora and fauna within a certain area – a high

level of biodiversity is generally considered to desirable for a number of reasons, including species retention, flood alleviation, pollution amelioration, environmental quality, mental health and childhood development – in other words, quality of life. Therefore, the council is keen to preserve areas rich in biodiversity or areas which promote vulnerable or rare species.

I26.2 Currently, the council has 51 Sites of Importance for Nature Conservation

(SINCs) in a hierarchy with Sites of Metropolitan Importance at the top, followed by Sites of Borough Importance and Sites of Local Importance. They are designated for a variety of reasons, notably the flora that grows there, the fauna that inhabits the site or the site’s contribution to landscape connectivity – linking high-quality areas of wildlife. As part of this consultation, it is proposed to extend three existing SINCs, create three new SINCs and upgrade two existing SINCs in grade. Details of these proposals are set out in the Proposed Area Designations on the Proposals Map document.

I26.3 In addition to these changes and as part of the council’s One Planet Sutton

programme, the council is committed to the following: The creation of 1ha of new woodland (likely to be on Beddington

Farmlands) The enhancement of 2ha of woodland (likely to be at Queen Mary’s

Hospital Woodland) The creation of 2ha of new chalk grassland (likely to be at Wellfield

South and in other areas yet to be decided) The enhancement of 12ha of chalk grassland (likely to be at

Roundshaw Downs) The council also intends to implement five enhancement projects on the River Wandle, which have been identified through the Wandle Catchment Plan.

I26.4 Besides SINCs, the borough also has a network of Green Corridors (shown in

Appendix 2 of the Proposed Area Designations on the Proposals Map). They largely comprise railway verges, cuttings and embankments but also are designated where SINCs do not form a continuous chain. It is not proposed to amend any of the boundaries of these.


Draft Policy on Biodiversity

(a) The council will grant permission for developments that create, conserve or enhance biodiversity and improve access to nature, subject to other policies in


122

the plan. In particular, the council will support the creation of: ● 1ha of new woodland, ● 2ha of new chalk grassland at appropriate locations and ● Various habitat enhancements identified through the council’s Biodiversity Action Plan and the Catchment Plans for the River Wandle and Beverley Brook.

(b) The council will not grant planning permission within or adjacent to a SINC

where there would be a significant damaging impact on the nature conservation value or integrity of the site, unless the need for and the benefits of the development clearly outweigh the harm, where there are no reasonable alternative sites that would result in less harm and where adequate mitigation and compensation measures can be put in place.

(c) The council will not grant planning permission for development within a Green Corridor where there would be a significant damaging impact to the corridor, unless the need for and benefits of the development clearly outweigh the harm and where adequate mitigation and compensation measures can be put in place.

For Green Corridors and Sites of Importance for Nature Conservation, see Appendix 2, Schedule 2J and 2K, Maps 2.15 to 2.77

? Consultation Question 26 Do you agree with the draft policy on Biodiversity? If not, please give details


123

I-27

Agricultural Land

Background I27.1 Despite being part of Greater London, the borough still retains some farming

activities. The Woodcote Green Belt is dotted with clapperboard houses which were built as smallholdings for returning World War I soldiers. They were distinctive not only for the clapperboard construction but also for their lack of fences and hedges. Subsequent policies have encouraged the enclosure of the land around the smallholding properties but the general openness of the area still remains.

I27.2 Only a small number of smallholdings remain in agricultural use and

sometimes the open, rolling landscape is marred by standard, functional agricultural buildings which are prominent in the landscape and other agricultural equipment. A number of the other smallholdings have become private dwellings while the area is also home to a number of horticultural and animal-related businesses. The council considers that a mix of private dwellings in the existing buildings, agriculture, horticulture and animal-related businesses is an appropriate use for the area.

I27.3 The north-eastern part of the Woodcote Green Belt is classified as Grade 2

(of 5) agricultural land and the remainder is Grade 3. This means that the whole area is classified as Best and Most Versatile Agricultural Land.

Permitted Development I27.4 Since 2013, the Government has introduced a number of permitted

development rights which means that the council has less influence on how the area develops. In summary and subject to some restrictions, agricultural buildings can convert to the following without the need for a planning permission: residential dwellings, shops, professional services (estate agents, solicitors etc), restaurants and cafes, offices, warehouses, hotels and hostels and leisure facilities (cinemas, concert halls, skating rinks etc). Therefore, a council policy on the types of land uses in the agricultural area can only be aspirational.

Agglomeration I27.5 To maintain the distinctive open landscape of the Woodcote Green Belt, it is

important that buildings remain scattered and residential curtilages are small to reflect the history of the area. An agglomeration of neighbouring residential dwellings with large curtilages would create a gradual urbanisation of the area and a loss of character. Furthermore, the area is not suitable for any further housing development being served by almost no public transport and connected by paths and a few private roads.



124

Draft Policy on Agricultural Land On agricultural land, defined as the Woodcote Green Belt: (a) The council will grant permission for horticultural and animal-related

businesses provided they are of a scale appropriate with size of the site and they respect the openness of agricultural land

(b) The council will grant planning permission for residential units arising out of

the replacement or redevelopment of vacant farm buildings, where required, provided that the residential unit will have a maximum plot size of 0.2ha (1/2 acre) for each detached dwelling and 0.1ha (1/4 acre) for each semi-detached dwelling

(c) The council will not permit development that would lead to the loss of the best and most versatile agricultural land or that would reduce the viability of the remaining agricultural land

(d) The council will not permit new agricultural buildings unless it is satisfied that they are necessary, do not affect the character of the area and that there are no other suitable buildings on the agricultural unit for the proposed use. The council will assess whether existing agricultural buildings are being used for agricultural purposes. Proposals must be accompanied by a comprehensive farm diversification plan, which establishes how it will assist in retaining the viability of the farm

? Consultation Question 27 Do you agree with the draft policy on Agricultural Land? If not, please give details


125

I-28

Character and Design

I30.1 The impacts of growth and high-density development can be mitigated by a

respect of local character and high-quality design. Therefore, this is a critical issue for the Local Plan to address.

Respecting Character I30.2 In terms of character, it is important that new development respects local

character. As the council’s Characterisation Study shows, the borough has a varied character, including the garden suburb of St Helier, the industrial villages of Beddington and Hackbridge, the rural villages of Carshalton and Cheam, the uniformly designed Worcester Park, all of which are interspersed with familiar London-style Victorian and Edwardian development and inter-war housing taking is cue from the Arts and Crafts movement. Consequently, any developer should firstly evaluate its surroundings and consider how he/she can incorporate appropriate elements into a new development.

Delivering High Quality Design I30.3 In the 100 years since the borough began to be intensively developed, a

number of styles have come and gone. The pre-1915 housing is characterised by small two-storey terraces with small, walled front gardens or substantial properties with regimented building layouts and rich architectural detailing. The inter-war housing was typically built to long, straight streets and comprises short terraces or semi-detached two-storey houses. The streets are typically wide and front gardens have low boundary walls. Although the style appears uniform, in many cases, each property has different detailing.

I30.4 Private post-war housing to 1970 is in relatively short supply and is often

small infill sites. They tend to be semi-detached or terraced housing with small private gardens and are usually two-storey housing with plain brickwork. Post 1970, development has largely comprised the replacement of Victorian and Edwardian villas with blocks of flats, small infill development and large estate redevelopments of public sector brownfield land. The flats of the 1970s and 1980s were generally set in large plots but were not respondent to local character while the later flats are on smaller plots but tend to attempt to respect local character. The smaller infill sites have often been backland development and have contrived branching streets which jar with the grid layout of much of the borough.

Creating Individual Character and Design I30.5 On large sites, it is possible for a development to create its own character and

design. However, while it is important to create an individual character on these sites, it should not contrast discordantly with the surrounding area which adjoins it.


126

Office, Industrial and Retail Development I30.6 In the 1960s and 1970s, there was considerable office development in the

borough and within Sutton Town Centre in particular. The remnants of this growth spurt still exist and have not stood the test of time architecturally – built as a triumph of function over form, they are no longer performing their function, never mind lacking any form to start with. Industrial development since the 1970s has also overplayed function over form in many cases while retail development is sometimes a mishmash of corporate logos.

Lessons Learned I30.7 Looking back over a century since the borough began to see intensive

development, a number of lessons can be learned: Just because the use is not attractive, it does not mean that the

development should not be attractive Development should respect local character and its surroundings Development should be appropriate for the townscape A development without detail is not “clean”, it is plain New streets and routeways should be accessible and easily

recognisable Soft and hard landscaping, particularly trees, can play a major part in

enhancing a development Taller buildings are appropriate if well designed Advertisements should be controlled in number and size


Draft Policy on Character and Design The council will grant planning permission for new development, including new buildings, alterations and extensions, provided the new development: (a) Is attractive, designed to high standard, especially with regard to

architectural detailing, and uses high-quality materials (b) Respects the local context and character (c) Is of an appropriate scale, massing and height to the setting of the site

and/or townscape massing (d) Improves an area of poor character (e) Makes a positive contribution to the street frontage and/or streetscene, such

as using railings and low walls (f) Is inclusive and accessible for all and improves movement through areas

with direct, accessible and easily recognisable routes (g) Is secure and designed to minimise crime and anti-social behaviour (h) Is robust and flexible in use (i) Responds to natural features and retain trees, hedges and other landscape

features and spaces of amenity value, where possible (j) Is not dominated by car and cycle parking (k) Creates attractive, functional and clearly defined public and private space (l) Protects any important local views and creates new ones wherever possible (m) Carefully integrates building services equipment and, in industrial areas,

operating equipment


127

Landscaping and Trees

(n) New development, where appropriate, should: (i) Make provision for suitable new planting, trees and boundary

treatments, taking into account the future effects of climate change (ii) Incorporate well-designed soft and hard landscaping

(o) Where trees are present on a proposed development site: (i) A landscaping scheme should be submitted alongside the planning

application which makes provision for the retention of existing trees, recognising their existing habitat, that are important by virtue of their significance within the local landscape

(ii) Their significance may be as a result of their size, form and maturity, or because they are rare or unusual. Younger trees that have the potential to add significant value to the landscape character in the future should also be retained where possible

(iii) The retention should be reflected in the proposed development layout, allowing sufficient space for new and young trees to grow to maturity, both above and below ground

(iv) Where existing trees are felled prior to permission for development being sought, the council may require replacement planting as part of any permission granted

(v) The council will require compliance with latest arboricultural or silvicultural standards in respect of any tree works or development near to trees

(vi) The type and quantity of trees should also be considered with regard to a changing climate and the need to provide mitigation for that change

Areas of Taller Building Potential

(p) The Mayor of London requires boroughs to identify Areas of Taller Building Potential. In addition to being located within the zones the council has identified and the requirements of character and design set out above, taller buildings will expected to: (i) Be well designed and to make a positive contribution to the skyline (ii) Integrate visually with the townscape and the streetscape, particularly

in terms of having an active ground floor frontage (iii) Include a mix of functions that are widely used by the public (such as

gyms or retail outlets) in order to ensure the successful integration into the local area

(iv) Ensure safe, attractive and comfortable amenity/open spaces designed to support social interaction and cohesion and engender a sense of place

For Taller Building Zones, see Appendix 1, Schedule 1I, Sutton (proposed change to the zone) Maps 1.51 and 1.51a, other centres (no proposed changes to the zones) Maps 1.52-1.58.


128

Advertisements

(q) The council will not grant permission for advertisements that are detrimental to the visual quality of the borough or do not meet safety requirements. In particular, advertisements must respect the design of the building on which they are erected and the character and amenity of the surrounding area.

All development will also be expected to comply with the guidance set out in the council’s Urban Design Guide SPD or its successor document.

? Consultation Question 28a Do you agree with the draft policy on Character and Design? If not, please give details

?

Consultation Question 28b Do you agree with the amendment to the Area of Taller Building Potential for Sutton Town Centre and the no proposed changes to the Areas of Taller Building Potential for other centres? If not, please give details


129

I-29

Protecting Amenity

I29.1 One of the original purposes for town planning was the protection of amenity.

In the 19th Century, public health acts with a town planning element were introduced to limit the likelihood of cholera outbreaks. While stemming the spread of disease is thankfully no longer a consideration, the protection of a neighbour or future occupier’s pleasant or agreeable surroundings, known in planning terms as amenity, is still important.

I29.2 The assessment of amenity is a matter of factor and degree but the following

draft policy deals with the principal issues in planning.

Draft Policy on Protecting Amenity The council will not grant planning permission for any development that adversely affects the amenities of future occupiers or those currently occupying adjoining or nearby properties, or has an unacceptable impact on the surrounding area. In assessing the impact of the proposed development, the council will take into consideration the following: (a) Overlooking causing loss of privacy and how this is addressed by design or

separation (b) Access is safe and secure and does not cause disturbances (c) Outlook/sense of enclosure (d) Sunlight, daylight, overshadowing and the need for artificial light (e) Noise and vibration levels and times when such disturbances are likely to

occur (f) Odours, smoke, fumes, dust, litter accumulation, refuse collection/ storage

and exterior lighting (g) The effect of traffic movement to, from and within the site and car parking (h) Microclimate (the climate of a very small or restricted area) (i) The ability to and the effect of being able to change use (as set out in the

Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development Order) (1995) (as amended) without the need to obtain planning consent.

? Consultation Question 29 Do you agree with the draft policy on Protecting Amenity? If not, please give details


130

I-30

Heritage

I30.1 While Sutton is often classified as a typical suburbia, the truth is far more

complex as the borough has a far richer history. It was a rural area until the 19th Century characterised by large estates and the architectural reminders are still present in Carshalton and Cheam. The coming of the railway saw considerable development across the borough and the borough is home to some fine Victorian and Edwardian architecture.

I30.2 In addition, there is some notable industrial heritage along the River Wandle

and some fine designs from the Arts and Crafts movement, which has influenced much of the inter-war suburban housing. Finally, Historic England has told the council that the borough has some of the most interesting archaeology of all London boroughs. More information on the development of the borough and its heritage can be found in the Characterisation Study (www.sutton.gov.uk/localplan).

I30.3 The council has been proactive in protecting and enhancing the borough’s

heritage assets and the protected buildings, structures and areas comprise: 15 nationally recognised Conservation Areas 175 nationally recognised Listed Buildings 1 nationally recognised Historic Park and Garden 4 local Historic Parks and Gardens 22 Areas of Special Local Character (locally designated areas similar to

Conversation Areas) 90 Locally Listed Buildings 15 buildings identified in this consultation as possible new Locally Listed

Buildings 6 nationally recognised Scheduled Ancient Monuments 21 nationally identified Archaeological Priority Areas

I30.4 Full details of these assets can be found in Appendix 1 of the Proposed Area

Designations on the Proposals Map document, which is part of this consultation. The proposed new Locally Listed Buildings can be found in the Proposed Area Designations on the Proposals Map document, which is also part of this consultation.

I30.5 In order to protect and enhance the above assets, a draft policy for heritage is

proposed as follows:


131

Draft Policy on Heritage

Listed Buildings and Structures

(a) The council will: (i) Not permit the total or substantial demolition of a Listed Building or

Structure unless exceptional circumstances are shown that outweigh the case for retention

(ii) Not permit proposals for a change of use or alteration or extensions to a Listed Building or Structure which would cause harm to the special architectural and historic interest of the building unless the public benefits outweigh the harm

(iii) Not permit development which it considers would cause harm to the setting of a Listed Building or Structure unless the public benefits outweigh the harm

For Listed Buildings, see Appendix 1, Schedule 1A, Maps 1.1 to 1.6

Scheduled Ancient Monuments (b) The Ancient Monuments and Archaeology Areas Act (1979) does not allow:

(i) The disturbance of Schedule Ancient Monument by carrying out works without consent

(ii) The reckless or deliberate damage to a Schedule Ancient Monument (iii) The removal of an object without a licence from Historic England

For Scheduled Ancient Monuments, see Appendix 1, Schedule 1G, Map 1.48

Conservation Areas (c) The council will:

(i) Require that development within Conservations Areas conserves and enhances the character and appearance of the Conservation Area

(ii) Not permit the total or substantial demolition of an unlisted building which makes a positive contribution to the character and appearance of a Conservation Area, where required, unless the replacement building makes the same or more of a positive contribution to the character and appearance of the Conservation Area

(iii) Not permit development outside a Conservation Area which causes harm to the character and appearance of a Conservation Area

(d) Development which causes harm to a Conservation Area will not be permitted

unless it can be demonstrated that the harm to the character is necessary to achieve public benefits that outweigh the harm.

For Conservation Areas, see Appendix 1, Schedule 1E, Maps 1.9-1.24

Historic Parks and Gardens (both nationally and locally designated) (e) The council will:

(i) Require that development protects and enhances Historic Parks and Gardens and their settings

(ii) Not permit development which harms the enjoyment, layout, design, character and appearance of Historic Parks and Gardens

For Historic Parks and Gardens, see Appendix 1, Schedule 1D, Map 1.8


132

Areas of Special Local Character

(f) The council will (i) Not permit development in Areas of Special Local Character which

does not respect the key elements which contribute to the character of the area unless it can be demonstrated that the harm to the character is necessary to achieve public benefits that outweigh the harm.

(ii) Not permit development outside an Area of Special Local Character

which causes harm to the character of the area unless it can be demonstrated that the harm to the character is necessary to achieve public benefits that outweigh that harm

For Areas of Special Local Character, see Schedule 1F, Maps 1.25-1.47

Locally Listed Buildings and Structures (g) The council will encourage the retention, repair and reuse of Locally Listed

Buildings and Structures For Locally Listed Buildings, see Schedule 1B, Maps 1.1-1.6

Archaeological Priority Areas (i) The council will:

(i) Permit development within Archaeological Priority Areas if accompanied by an archaeological evaluation, which assesses the archaeological implications of the development and which proposes effective mitigation measures to safeguard the area from adverse development

(ii) Expect the applicant to have sought pre-application advice from the Greater London Archaeological Advisory Service before submitting an archaeological evaluation

(j) Where mitigation includes archaeological excavation, a scheme should be

submitted for the excavation, analysis, publication and archive deposition of the records made, and for the public dissemination of the results to further understanding.

For Archaeological Priority Areas, see Schedule 1H, Maps 1.49-1.49u

? Consultation Question 30 Do you agree with the draft policy on Heritage? If not, please give details


133

I-31

Carbon and Energy

Climate Change Mitigation

I31.1 Carbon dioxide (CO2) levels are now at their highest point for almost 1 million years, rising to 400 parts per million (ppm) compared to around 280 ppm before the 19th century. According to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPPC, 2014), increased CO2 levels have intensified the greenhouse effect and caused a 0.85ºC increase in average global temperatures over the last century. 1983-2013 was the warmest 30-year period for 1,400 years and there is now a clear scientific consensus that to prevent catastrophic climate change, global average temperatures must not rise by more than 2°C by the end of the century. This means that CO2 levels must be stabilised at or below 450 ppm.

I31.2 The 2008 Climate Change Act sets a legally binding target to reduce UK

emissions by 80% below 1990 levels by 2050, with an interim target of 34% by 2020. To meet these targets, the UK Renewable Energy Roadmap seeks to generate at least 15% of energy from renewable sources by 2020. Accordingly, the NPPF requires that Local Plans should plan for new development in ways which reduce greenhouse emissions and by identifying opportunities where new and existing buildings can draw their energy supply from decentralised, renewable or low carbon sources.

I31.3 The Mayor’s Climate Change Mitigation and Energy Strategy sets out further

targets to achieve a 60% reduction in London’s CO2 emissions by 2025 against a 1990 baseline and to ensure that 25% of London’s energy is delivered through district heating networks and other forms of decentralised energy (DE) by 2025.

I31.4 The London Plan requires that developments should make the fullest

contribution to minimising emissions in line with the Mayor’s energy hierarchy (1) Be lean: use less energy (2) Be clean: supply energy efficiently, and (3) Be green: use renewable energy. Targets are set out for major residential and non-residential buildings to reduce emissions by 40% compared to the 2010 Building Regulations leading to zero carbon standards from 2016 and 2019 respectively. Boroughs should identify opportunities for establishing new district heating and cooling networks, prepare energy masterplans and require developers to prioritise connection to existing or planned networks where feasible. Developers should consider the feasibility of communal or site-wide combined heat and power (CHP) networks and examine opportunities to extend the system to serve adjacent sites. Energy systems should be selected in line with the following hierarchy (1) connection to existing heating or cooling networks (2) site-wide CHP network, and (3) communal heating and cooling.

I31.5 Sutton is committed to becoming a One Planet Borough by 2025 and has set

some of the most challenging sustainability targets in the UK. These include achieving Level 4 of the Code for Sustainable Homes for all new dwellings, a


134

minimum 40% reduction in CO2 emissions for all new residential and major non-residential buildings compared to the 2010 Building Regulations, ‘zero carbon’ in Hackbridge and a 20% reduction in overall borough emissions by 2017 compared to 2007.

I31.6 However, the outcome of the Government’s Housing Standards Review, the

introduction of the Infrastructure Act and Deregulation Act in February and March 2015 respectively and the subsequent publication of the Government’s policy statement ‘Fixing the Foundations’ in July 2015 have a number of important implications which are likely to constrain the Council’s ability to deliver some of the above targets through the Local Plan, including:

the withdrawal of the Code for Sustainable Homes; an amendment to the Planning and Energy Act 2008 to delete the clause

which enables local planning authorities to require new dwellings to meet energy efficiency standards (hence CO2 reduction targets) over and above the Building Regulations. However this amendment has yet to be commenced;

the Government’s ‘expectation’ that, until such time as the above amendment is commenced, local planning authorities will not require new dwellings to achieve CO2 reductions over and above the Code Level 4 equivalent of a 25% reduction compared to the 2010 Building Regulations;

the Government’s stated intention not to proceed with the zero carbon target, minimum on-site energy efficiency standards or the proposed ‘allowable solutions’ offsetting scheme as previously planned in 2016;

the introduction of new ‘national technical standards’ relating to water efficiency (see Issue 33), access and waste through changes to the Building Regulations introduced on 1 October 2015; and

a Government direction that local planning authorities should not set out any additional local technical standards relating to the construction, internal layout or performance of new dwellings in their emerging Local Plans.

Sutton Decentralised Energy Network (SDEN)

I31.7 The Council’s Corporate Plan seeks to deliver a DE network and Energy Recovery Facility (ERF) by 2017-18. The proposed Sutton DE Network (SDEN) will support the Council’s One Planet aims of achieving ‘zero carbon’ within Hackbridge and help to address fuel poverty. In July 2013, the Council created a wholly-owned company, Opportunity Sutton Ltd, to further the delivery of the network.

I31.8 An initial Borough Heat Mapping Study, carried out in 2011, identified three

'DE Opportunity Areas' within the borough centred upon Hackbridge, Rosehill and Sutton Town Centre based on existing and future heat loads, potential development sites with the greatest potential for locating new or extended district heating networks and potential sources of low or zero carbon energy (Maps 2.78 and 2.79). The Council has developed a hierarchy of considerations, called the ‘DE Protocol’(Appendix 2, Schedule 2M), which requires that proposed developments in such areas must:


135

(a) connect to any future planned district heating network where these exist or where such a network will be capable of delivering heat to that development by the time the development is operational; or

(b) where there is no existing network in that area or in the timescale of the

proposed development, ensure that any proposed site-wide or communal heating systems are equipped to connect to the future network with minimum need for retrofit or further modification.

I31.9 The first phase of the proposed SDEN within Hackbridge will use 15 MW of

waste heat from the approved ERF and the existing landfill gas engines operated by Viridor on Beddington Farmlands to supply heating and hot water to the Felnex development. This is seen as the first stage of the council’s longer term ambition to develop a larger-scale district heating network to serve new and existing developments within the Hackbridge area and more widely across the borough.

I31.10 In 2014 the Council commissioned the GLA’s Decentralised Energy Project

Delivery Unit (DEPDU) to prepare an updated heat mapping study and draft energy masterplan for the Hackbridge area in order to assess the viability of extending the SDEN beyond Felnex. The study concludes that this is technically and commercially viable in principle and could deliver carbon savings of over 5,000 tCO2/annum.


Draft Policy on Carbon and Energy

(a) Proposed developments should meet the following borough-wide targets for reducing CO2 emissions expressed as a percentage improvement over the target emission rate (TER) based on Part L of the 2013 Building Regulations:

All new residential buildings should achieve a 19% reduction; and All major non-residential buildings should achieve a 35% reduction.

(b) In seeking to minimise CO2 emissions in line with the above targets, all

proposed developments should apply the Mayor’s energy hierarchy by Achieving the highest standards of energy efficient design and layout; Being designed to connect to and, where appropriate, contribute

towards existing or future district heating networks, supplied by low or zero-carbon energy, particularly within Hackbridge and other DE Opportunity Areas identified in Maps 2.78 and 2.79 by applying the Council’s DE Protocol; and

Using renewable sources of energy generated on-site. Major developments will be expected to achieve at least a 20% reduction in total CO2 emissions (regulated and unregulated) through on-site renewables with minor developments achieving an overall reduction of at least 10%.


136

(c) All planning applications for new dwellings or major non-residential

developments should be supported by an Energy Statement incorporating by ‘as-designed’ Building Regulations Part L (BRUKL) outputs to demonstrate how the relevant targets for reducing CO2 emissions will be met and how the DE Protocol will be complied with. The Energy Statement should include calculations of energy demand and emissions at each stage of the Mayor’s energy hierarchy for both regulated and non-regulated elements in line with updated GLA guidance on ‘Preparing Energy Assessments’;

(d) The Council will work with potential heat suppliers, energy service companies

(ESCos), major developers/ landowners and the community to deliver the proposed Sutton Decentralised Energy Network (SDEN) in Hackbridge over the plan period;

(e) All major non-residential developments should achieve an ‘Excellent’ rating

under the appropriate ‘BREEAM’ scheme (Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Method).

? Consultation Question 31 Do you agree with the draft policy on Carbon and Energy? If not, please give details


137

I-32

Flood Risk and Sustainable Drainage (SuDS)

River Flooding

I32.1 Around 2,900 dwellings in Sutton are located within areas at higher risk of river flooding. These areas lie mostly within the Wandle catchment towards the northeast of the borough and adjacent to the Beverley and Pyl Brooks towards the northwest. The EA has identified the following flood risk zones, which take account of revised modelling for the Wandle released in spring 2015:

Flood Zone 1 ‘Low Risk’ (less than 1 in a 1000 annual probability); Flood Zone 2 ‘Medium Risk’ (between 1 in a 100 and 1 in a 1000

probability); and Flood Zone 3a ‘High Risk’ (over 1 in a 100 annual probability).

I32.2 The latest fluvial flood risk map for the borough in Map 2.81 is taken from the

joint Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (SFRA) Level 1 Report prepared on behalf of the Council in December 2015 and can also be accessed via the EA website. Surface Water Flooding

I32.3 Surface water flooding occurs after heavy rainfall when excess water which does not infiltrate into the ground or drain away into surface water sewers runs over the land. Sutton is ranked the 30th administrative area in England most susceptible to surface water flooding, with as many as 9,900 properties estimated to be at risk, and was one of the worst affected by the July 2007 floods. With ongoing population growth, a changing climate and a high proportion of impermeable surfaces, the borough faces increasing and potentially unacceptable risks of flooding in future if it continues to rely on the existing surface water sewer system.

I32.4 The EA’s Updated Flood Map for Surface Water (uFMfSW), shown in Map

2.82, identifies the following categories of risk: ‘very low’ risk (less than 1 in 1000 annual probability of flooding:<0.1%); ‘low risk’ (between 1 in 1000 and 1 in 100 annual probability: 0.1%-1%); ‘medium risk’ (between 1 in 100 and 1 in 30 probability: 1%-3.3%); and ‘high risk’ (more than 1 in 30 annual probability of flooding: >3.3%).

I32.5 The borough Surface Water Management Plan identifies 12 ‘critical drainage

areas’ (CDAs), including at Trafalgar Avenue, Worcester Park and Hackbridge.

Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (SFRA) I32.6 The NPPF states that inappropriate development located within areas at risk

of flooding should be avoided by directing development away from areas at highest risk, but where development is necessary, making it safe without increasing flood risk elsewhere. Local Plans should apply a sequential, risk-based approach to the location of development to avoid flood risk to people and property and manage any residual risk, taking account of climate change,


138

by applying the ‘Sequential Test’ and where necessary, the ‘Exception Test’; safeguarding land that is required for current and future flood management and using opportunities offered by new development to reduce the causes and impacts of flooding.

I32.7 The aim of the Sequential Test is to steer new development to areas with the lowest probability of flooding. Development should not be allocated or permitted if there are alternative reasonably available sites in areas at lower risk. If, following the Sequential Test it is not possible, consistent with wider sustainability objectives, for the development to be located in areas with a lower probability of flooding, the Exception Test can be applied if appropriate. Both parts of the test must be passed for development to be allocated or permitted:

the development provides wider sustainability benefits to the community that outweigh flood risk, informed by an SFRA where one has been prepared; and

a site-specific FRA must demonstrate that the development will be safe for its lifetime taking account of the vulnerability of its users, without increasing flood risk elsewhere, and, where possible, will reduce flood risk overall.

I32.8 All planning authorities are required to prepare a Strategic Flood Risk

Assessment (SFRA) for their areas to assess the risk from flooding from all sources, taking account of climate change, as the basis for applying the ‘sequential’ and ‘exceptions’ tests to both potential site allocations and to planning applications. Accordingly the Council has worked with partner Wandle boroughs (Wandsworth, Croydon & Merton) to procure a joint SFRA as part of the Local Plan evidence base

I32.9 The purpose of the SFRA Level 1 Report is to provide the basis for applying

the sequential test to both potential site allocations and in determining individual planning applications. The outcome of the sequential test for each of Sutton’s potential site allocations (see Chapter 4) is set out in the ‘Sustainability Appraisal Report on Issues and Preferred Options’ which has been published for consultation alongside this document. The SFRA Level 2 Report provides the necessary site-specific flood risk information to enable the Council to demonstrate that, following the Sequential Test, any proposed allocations located within flood risk areas are capable of being developed to meet the requirements of the exceptions test.

I32.10 Therefore, in considering proposals within flood risk areas, planning authorities

should only consider developments acceptable where, informed by a site-specific flood risk assessment (FRA), it can be demonstrated that the most vulnerable uses are located within areas of lowest flood risk; all buildings are appropriately flood resilient and resistant; and priority is given to sustainable drainage systems (SuDS). Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS)

I32.11 SuDS include a wide range of more natural drainage techniques designed to reduce the rate and volume of run-off from new and existing developments by managing surface water as close to its source as possible. As well as


139

minimising the risk of surface water flooding both on-site and downstream during heavy rainfall, well-designed SuDS measures have many wider sustainability benefits including:

providing for urban cooling and counteracting the urban heat island effect during summer heatwaves by permeating developments with green and blue spaces;

improving water quality in nearby watercourses by reducing pollution from runoff through the application of ‘water sensitive urban design’ principles (see Issue 33);

enhancing low flows in drought conditions by providing water storage; protecting natural flow regimes in watercourses and thus ‘making space

for water’; providing attractive habitats and opportunities for biodiversity; and enhancing local amenity and urban landscape quality.

I32.12 SUDS measures work by mimicking natural drainage processes as far as

possible by allowing water to soak into the ground (infiltration), storing runoff and releasing it slowly (attenuation), slowly transporting water on the surface (conveyance), filtering out pollutants (see Issue I34); and enabling water to be transpired from vegetation.

I32.13 Infiltration SuDS, such as permeable paving, gravel, soakaways, filter strips,

swales, raingardens and other landscaped areas, rely on discharges to the ground and are therefore affected by the permeability of soils and geology, the groundwater table and the presence of underlying aquifers as a potable resource. Where ground conditions are not suitable for infiltration, then attenuation SuDS measures should be used, including green roofs, rainwater harvesting, basins, ponds, wetlands, underground storage tanks and geo-cellular systems.

I32.14 Trees and shrubs can significantly reduce the likelihood of surface water

flooding by slowing the rate at which rainfall reaches the ground and increasing the possibility of infiltration. Recent research by the University of Manchester has shown that increasing tree cover in urban areas by 10% can reduce surface water run-off by almost 6%. When used in combination with other SuDS measures, tree planting has many benefits for people and wildlife, not only in terms of reducing flood risk, but for water quality, urban cooling in heatwaves, creating habitats and for local amenity (see Issue 33).

I32.15 At the national level, the new SuDS arrangements took effect on 6 April 2015

through the introduction of Schedule 3 of the Flood and Water Management Act 2010. While responsibility for approving and securing the implementation of SuDS measures proposed as part of major applications remains with the local planning authority, the ‘lead local flood authority’ (LLFA) is now a ‘statutory consultee’. As a ‘lead local flood authority (LLFA), the council is also responsible for preparing a Local Flood Risk Management Strategy and Action Plan for the borough and securing funding for local flood alleviation measures in critical drainage areas.

I32.16 National Planning Practice Guidance (NPPG) has been strengthened to make


140

clear that SuDS should be delivered in all new developments unless there are clear viability grounds for not doing so. In considering what sort of SuDS measure is reasonably practicable, planning authorities should make reference to the Government’s ‘non-statutory’ technical standards for SuDS. Developers need to ensure that their proposed SuDS strategies take account of construction, operation and maintenance requirements and the type and extent of the main changes expected in the local climate expected over the lifetime of the development.

I32.17 Likewise, London Plan Policy 5.13 requires that developments should include

SuDS unless there are practical reasons for not doing so and aim to achieve greenfield run-off rates in line with the Mayor’s drainage hierarchy:

I32.18 The draft London Sustainable Drainage Action Plan sets out an action plan to ensure that by 2040 “London will manage its rainwater more sustainably to reduce flood risk and improve water security, maximising the benefits to people, the environment and the economy”. A target is set to achieve a 1% reduction in surface water run-off each year for 25 years, resulting in a 25% reduction in flows by 2040.


Draft Policy on Flood Risk and Sustainable Drainage (SuDS)

Proposed developments should avoid or minimise all sources of flood risk to people and property, taking account of climate change, without increasing flood risk elsewhere by:

Flood Risk Management (a) Preparing site-specific flood risk assessments (FRAs) in support of all

proposals in Flood Zones 2 or 3, all major proposals in Flood Zone 1 over 1 ha and any proposal in a critical drainage area. FRAs should assess all sources of flood risk to and from the development and show how these risks will be managed, taking climate change into account, in line with the minimum requirements set out in NPPG. The Council’s Drainage Assessment Form must also be completed for all major developments;

(b) Avoiding inappropriate development in flood risk areas in line with the

‘sequential’ and ‘exceptions tests’, taking account of Government vulnerability classifications and flood zone compatibility guidelines. Allocated sites in flood risk areas should be developed having regard to the recommendations in the SFRA Level 2 Report;

(c) Applying a ‘sequential approach’ to site layout by locating the most

vulnerable development within areas of lowest flood risk where possible. All buildings should be set back at least 8m from the banks of main rivers and 5m from the banks of ordinary watercourses to allow improvements and maintenance of land drainage, improve the ecological functioning of river corridors and enhance local amenity;


141

(d) Ensuring that any residual risks are safely mitigated through the use of

appropriate flood resistance or resilience measures, having regard to EA Standing Advice.

Sustainable Drainage (SuDS)

(e) Incorporating appropriate sustainable drainage (SuDS) measures as part of the design and layout of the development in order to manage surface water run-off as close to its source as possible and achieve the following minimum SuDS performance standards through application of the Mayor’s drainage hierarchy:

Greenfield sites: ensure that peak run-off rates for the 1 in 100 year rainfall event never exceed peak greenfield runoff rates for the same event;

Previously developed sites: ensure that peak run-off rates for the 1 in 100 year event are as close as reasonably practicable to greenfield runoff rates for the same event but never exceed run-off rates for the same event prior to development.

(f) Ensuring that proposed SuDS measures contribute towards other climate change adaptation objectives in relation to urban cooling; water resources; biodiversity; water quality, air quality and local amenity by permeating the development with blue and green spaces. Developments located adjacent to the River Wandle and other watercourses should contribute to EU Water Framework Directive, EA Thames River Basin Management Plan and Wandle Catchment Plan objectives (see Issue I33).

Flood Alleviation Schemes and Retrofit SuDS Measures The Council will seek funding for priority flood alleviation schemes in critical drainage areas in line with Sutton’s Local Flood Risk Management Action Plan and the Council’s Area Renewal Programmes for Beddington and Hackbridge. The Council will maximise opportunities for implementing retrofit SuDS measures as part of the refurbishment or redevelopment of housing estates, schools, health facilities, transport schemes and parks having regard to the London Sustainable Drainage Action Plan and other best practice.

? Consultation Question 32 Do you agree with the draft policy on Flood Risk? If not, please give details


142

I-33

Climate Change Adaptation

Sutton’s Future Climate

I33.1 According to the latest climate projections for the UK, London will experience hotter and drier summers, warmer and wetter winters, and an increase in the frequency and severity of storm events and drought conditions over the coming decades: by the 2020s, there is predicted to be an increase in summer mean

temperature of 1.5 ºC, a decrease in mean summer rainfall of 6% and an increase in mean winter rainfall of 6%, compared to the 1961-1990 baseline;

by the 2050s, there is predicted to be an increase in mean summer temperature of 2.7ºC, an increase in mean winter rainfall of 15% and a decrease in mean summer rainfall of 18%; and

by the 2080s, there is predicted to be an increase in mean summer temperature of 3.9ºC, an increase of 20% in mean winter rainfall and a decrease in mean summer rainfall of 22%.

I33.2 Some climate change is unavoidable over the coming decades, including

increased exposure of vulnerable groups to higher temperatures, flooding and drought, so there is an increasing need to ensure that the location, layout and design of all new developments are fully adapted and resilient to future climate impacts in line with Sutton’s Climate Change Adaptation Strategy. The council also has a statutory to develop Local Plan policies designed to tackle climate change and its impacts. Heat waves and high temperatures

I33.3 With climate change, built up areas will become increasingly vulnerable to higher summer temperatures and localised heat waves due to the ‘urban heat island’ effect. Without effective mitigation, higher temperatures will lead to increased health impacts and mortality amongst vulnerable groups, increased demand for cooling, increased air pollution, further pressure on water resources and impacts on wildlife.

I33.4 Planning for green space at the building or neighbourhood scales, by

incorporating green roofs, soft landscaping and planting, trees, SuDS, ponds and other surface water features as part of the design and layout of new developments, can combat overheating by providing evaporative cooling, shading and the inflow of cooler air. At the area-wide scale, creating new public open space or permeating new developments with green space links connecting up to area-wide networks of strategic open land (i.e. Mayor’s ‘green grid’, river catchments, wildlife corridors and backgardens can be highly effective in counteracting heatwaves and the urban heat island (UHI) effect.

I33.5 A recent study undertaken by the University of Manchester concluded that

increasing green cover by 10% in built up areas could help to keep surface temperatures at levels similar to the 1961-1990 average until the end of the


143

century. With respect to London, research commissioned by the GLA shows that maximum UHI intensity increases with the percentage of continuous urban development. At 30% continuous development, a maximum intensity of 4°C is seen, at 70% this rises to 6°C.

I33.6 The simplest approach to urban cooling is therefore to increase the amount of

green space cover and tree planting as part of new developments, by protecting existing green spaces and encouraging new opportunities for urban greening. Arising from Sutton’s participation in the EU ‘GRaBS’ project (Green and Blue Space Adaptation for Urban Areas and Eco Towns) between 2008-11 and a review of best practice, the Council’s ‘Green Space Guidelines for Sutton’ (2011) has recommended that proposed residential and major commercial developments should aim to achieve at least a 10% increase in green coverage, particularly within built up areas already deficient in public open space and therefore at greatest risk of UHI effects. This supports London Plan Policy 5.10 on Urban Greening which states that “development proposals should integrate green infrastructure from the beginning of the design process to contribute to urban greening, including the public realm”.

I33.7 At all spatial scales, the type of land cover is the key factor determining the

extent of overheating. In order to account for this, a number of planning authorities across Europe and elsewhere have developed scoring systems for calculating the extent to which green infrastructure has been incorporated as part of proposed development as the basis for evaluating planning proposals. These approaches are commonly referred to as the ‘Green Space Factor’ (GSF). Based on a review of GSF scoring systems successfully developed by the City of Malmo, Sweden, the North West Regional Development Agency (NWDA), Berlin and Seattle, the Council is currently developing a potential GSF checklist and scoring system for Sutton. This would set aspirational targets for previously developed and greenfield sites respectively which all residential and major non-residential developments would be encouraged to meet.

I33.5 Apart from urban cooling, the NPPG emphasises the important role of multi-

functional green and blue space networks (or ‘green infrastructure’), in achieving a wide range of other benefits in terms of flood risk management (see Issue 32), air quality, biodiversity, local amenity, creating a ‘sense of place’ and health and well-being. Natural England has published ‘Green Infrastructure Guidance’ which will be helpful to developers in planning positively for green and blue space networks.

I33.6 Within this context, the council recognises the many benefits of tree planting and woodland areas in helping the borough respond to a changing climate by reducing ambient temperatures through both direct shading and evapo-transpiration, absorbing air pollution along major transport routes, creating wildlife habitats and reducing the risk of surface water flooding. The Mayor has an ambitious programme to plant an additional two million trees and increase tree cover across London by 5% by 2025 to help with both the mitigation of and adaptation to climate change.


144

I33.7 In seeking to promote the benefits of trees within the built environment, developers are encouraged to apply the best practice principles and practical guidance set out in ‘Trees in the Townscape’ and ‘Trees in the Hard Landscape’ published by the ‘Trees and Design Action Group’ in 2012 and 2014 respectively. This group includes professionals and organisations from both the private and public sector.

Water Supply and Drought I33.8 London and the South East is classified as ‘seriously’ water stressed, meaning

that more water is taken from the environment than the environment can sustain in the long term. 55% of all the rain that falls in the Thames Valley is abstracted and used - this is more than anywhere else in the UK. London is usually relatively resilient to drought and it takes two consecutive drier than- normal winters to create water supply issues. In 2006 and 2012, London experienced significant droughts, and in 2012 only avoided serious water restrictions by the wettest summer in a century.

I33.9 85% of Sutton’s water supply comes from groundwater abstraction via

boreholes, with the remaining 15% coming from Bough Beech reservoir. Sutton & East Surrey Water supplies 160 mL/day on average, rising to 260 mL/day on a hot summer’s day. There are 8 licensed abstractions in the borough for public water supply.

I33.10 Domestic water use in the borough is currently around 167 litres per person

per day (l/p/d) - an increase of around 50 l/p/d since the 1970s. The south east is already water stressed and it is predicted that the Sutton & East Surrey supply zone will have a deficit in supply by 2016. Increased drought conditions resulting from climate change will further affect water supply and habitats in the borough by reducing river flows, reducing groundwater recharge, increasing evaporation, damaging water supply infrastructure and increasing water demand. Water efficiency measures are therefore essential to support planned growth and development in the borough. Flood Risk

I33.11 With climate change, the frequency and severity of heavy rainfall and flooding events are expected to increase further over the coming decades. Therefore, in seeking to ensure that proposed developments avoid or minimise all sources of flood risk in line with draft Policy I32 on ‘Flood Risk and SUDS’ (see above) and more detailed guidance set out in the borough strategic flood risk assessment (SFRA) Level 1 Report, it is essential that all planning decisions take account of the latest national climate change allowances, which are due to be published by the EA in Autumn 2015.


Draft Policy on Climate Change Adaptation

Proposed developments should minimise vulnerability of people and property and be fully adapted and resilient to the future impacts of climate change by:


145

(a) Avoiding or minimising all sources of flood risk to and from the development, managing any residual risks and, where possible, reducing flood risks overall, taking account of the future impacts of climate change (see Issue I32);

(b) Minimising overheating and contribution to the urban heat island (UHI) effect by permeating the development with blue and green spaces and by incorporating a range of natural cooling measures as part of the design and layout, including passive design measures (e.g. building orientation), shading, planting and soft landscaping, trees, ponds, SUDS measures and other surface water features. All major developments should:

incorporate green roofs where feasible and demonstrate compliance with the Mayor’s cooling hierarchy set out in London Plan Policy 5.9; and

aim to achieve a minimum increase in overall green space coverage across the site of at least 10% compared to baseline conditions prior to development for previously developed sites.

(c) Conserving water resources by maximising the flood storage role of rivers, natural floodplains, aquifers, ponds and other surface water features; promoting the benefits of SUDS for groundwater recharge; and achieving high standards of water efficiency. All new dwellings should limit domestic water consumption to 110 litres per person per day (l/p/d) in line with the Government’s higher ‘optional requirements’ for water efficiency set out in the updated Building Regulations;

(d) Conserving and enhancing the range and ecological variability of existing wildlife habitats and species throughout the borough to reduce the likelihood of losing biodiversity in the face of future climate change (see Issue I26);

(e) Maximising the important role of borough-wide blue and green space networks, including the proposed Wandle Valley Regional Park (part of the Mayor’s Green Grid), strategic open land, the Wandle Catchment and other river corridors, natural floodplains, wildlife sites, green corridors, woodland areas and trees in urban cooling and in achieving a range of benefits for flood risk management, water quality, air quality, wildlife habitats, local amenity and healthy lifestyles. All development proposals should see integrate urban greening measures from the earliest stages of project planning and design, including within the public realm;

(f) Taking account of the expected changes in the local climate throughout the lifetime of the development by incorporating sufficient flexibility of design and layout to enable adaptation to future climate impacts and other changing economic, environmental or social demands.

? Consultation Question 33 Do you agree with the draft policy on Climate Change Adaptation? If not, please give details


146

I-34 Environmental Protection

Water Quality

I34.1 A major cause of water pollution in built up areas is run-off from impermeable surfaces within development sites, roads, car parks and other hardstanding areas. During rainfall, pollutants such as oil, sediment and litter can be washed off into nearby watercourses leading to a deterioration in chemical and biological quality.

I34.2 Many SuDS techniques can help to minimise water pollution as well as reducing flood risk (see Issue I33). Such ‘water sensitive urban design’ measures mimic natural processes by using vegetation to filter out pollutants, temporary storage in ponds to allow contaminated sediment to settle out, infiltration trenches to remove pollutants and porous surfaces to trap pollution and allow for biological breakdown. Examples include constructed wetlands, grass swales, mycofiltration and a range of commercial treatment options. Apart from SuDS, a range of other methods can be used to control pollution including oil separators and bunding.

I34.3 Early engagement with the council, the EA, Thames Water and Sutton & East Surrey Water can help to establish if water quality is likely to be a significant concern and to clarify what form of assessment will be needed to support the planning application. This is particularly relevant for proposals involving new flood storage areas or channel diversions, or where contaminated land is being redeveloped. Further guidance is available in the Mayor’s ‘Sustainable Design and Construction’ SPG, the Mayor’s guidelines on ‘The control of dust and emissions from construction and demolition’ and EA’s Pollution Prevention Guidelines.

The River Wandle Catchment I34.4 The River Wandle is one of the finest chalk streams in London. Within the

borough, the Wandle extends from its sources at Waddon Ponds (Beddington branch) and Carshalton Ponds (Carshalton branch) to the confluence of the two branches at Wilderness Island before running northwards towards Wandsworth. At Mitcham, a short tributary called the Beddington Corner branch also joins the main channel. This branch carries discharge from Beddington Sewage Treatment Works.

I34.5 The EU Water Framework Directive sets a target for all waterbodies to achieve ‘good ecological status’ by 2027. The EA uses a range of chemical, biological and river morphology indicators to monitor the quality of the Carshalton branch, the length of the Wandle extending from Waddon Ponds to Wandsworth (including the Beddington branch) and the Beverley Brook to assess progress towards this target. The EA’s Thames River Basin Management Plan for 2015-21, expected by the end of 2015, will set out interim water quality objectives to be met by 2021.


147

I34.6 While the Carshalton branch is currently assessed as ‘good’ for water quality, the remainder of the Wandle from Waddon Ponds to Wandsworth is currently failing for phosphate, ammonia, ecology and habitat. This waterbody has been designated as a ‘sensitive area’ (eutrophic) under the EU Urban Waste Water Treatment Directive and consequently Thames Water is required to install phosphate-stripping equipment at Beddington Sewage Treatment Works by November 2018. Elsewhere, the Beverley Brook is failing for phosphate, ecology and habitat, but is compliant with the Urban Waste Water Treatment Directive.

I34.7 In order to achieve Water Framework Directive targets, deliver linked river corridors and green spaces and promote the wider benefits of the Wandle for people, flood risk management and the natural environment, the Wandle Trust worked with the council, other boroughs, the EA, the London Wildlife Trust and local stakeholders to prepare the River Wandle Catchment Plan in 2014. The Plan sets out 4 key aims:

Water: the river’s water should be plentiful and clean, and varied in its flow speeds, widths and depths;

Wildlife: the river should support a mosaic of habitats with high biodiversity;

Good access: local people should be able to access sympathetically managed pathways along the whole river;

Engagement: everyone in the catchment should be aware of the river, and knows how their actions can affect it, with councils, businesses, government agencies and the public working together to improve the river.

I34.8 As a highly urbanised catchment subject to significant levels of flood risk, the Wandle offers many opportunities for SuDS either by incorporating such measures as part of new developments or by retrofitting them into the existing urban landscape, for example as part of highway improvements or other area renewal projects within Beddington and Hackbridge (see Issue 33).

Air Quality I34.9 The EU Ambient Air Quality Directive 2008 and National Air Quality Strategy

set legally binding standards for a range of harmful air pollutants. The main pollutants of concern are nitrogen dioxide (NO2) and fine particulates (PM10), which can cause health problems amongst vulnerable groups, particularly older people and those with respiratory conditions. �� climate change are likely to exacerbate these problems in future.

I34.10 The Mayor’s Air Quality Strategy sets out a number of proposals, such as the Low Emission Zone, which seek to deliver national air quality standards across London. Accordingly, London Plan Policy 7.14 seeks to minimise exposure of vulnerable groups to air pollution, reduce air and dust emissions from construction and ensure that there is no deterioration in air quality arising from proposed developments.


148

I34.11 Vehicle emissions account for a large proportion of local air pollution within the borough. Following the council’s initial review in 2000, required by the 1995 Environment Act, the council declared a number of Air Quality Management Areas (AQMAs) within the borough, mainly along the congested A232, A217, A24 and A237 routes where national standards for PM10s and NO2 were being exceeded. According to a report entitled ‘Understanding the Health Impacts of Air Pollution in London’ prepared in July 2015 by Kings College London on behalf of the GLA, there were 102 ‘excess deaths’ within Sutton during 2010 attributable to high levels of fine particulates (PM2.5) pollution and a further 157 attributable to high levels of NO2.

I34.12 The council runs five air quality monitoring sites across the borough at Carshalton, Wallington, Worcester Park and two in Beddington Lane. After a further review undertaken by the London Air Quality Network, the council declared the whole borough as an AQMA and updated Sutton’s Local Air Quality Action Plan in 2013. According to air quality monitoring results for 2013-14, Wallington and Worcester Park were the worst affected areas, with NO2 levels significantly exceeding the national standard of40 μg/m3 as an annual mean. The Beddington Lane area, which is affected by high levels of local air pollution from industrial sites, waste activities and associated HGV movements, is also identified as a key priority. As part of the council’s Beddington Renewal Programme, the Beddington SIL Environmental Strategy sets out a programme of environmental improvements and transport measures aimed at improving air quality, walking and cycling links and the environmental management of waste operations.

I34.13 Planning has an important role in minimising local air pollution both by influencing the location of polluting developments and ensuring that vulnerable uses are not exposed to existing pollution. Key issues include whether the development would:

lead to a breach of national air quality standards or adversely affect the implementation of the Local Air Quality Action Plan;

significantly affect traffic levels in the vicinity of the proposed development;

introduce new point sources of air pollution e.g. industrial processes or combined heat and power (CHP) plants fuelled by biomass or other sources;

give rise to unacceptable impacts on nearby sensitive uses and wildlife habitats during demolition, construction or operation (e.g. dust).

I34.14 The London Plan and the Mayor’s Air Quality Strategy require that all developments should be at least ‘air quality neutral’ with respect to NOx and PM10 emissions across London as a whole, based on the emissions benchmarks set out in Appendices 5 and 6 of the Mayor’s Sustainable Design and Construction SPG. Developments that are not ‘air quality neutral’ and cannot reduce emissions further through onsite mitigation will be required to work with the council to offset emissions through offsite measures, either provided directly by the developer, or as part of an existing scheme to improve air quality. The council may secure these measures through conditions or Section 106 agreements.


149

I34.15 Air Quality Assessments submitted in support of planning applications should therefore address baseline conditions and how these are likely to be affected, local air quality issues, proposed air quality assessment and modelling methods, sensitive locations, the basis for assessing the scale, duration and significance of the impact, demolition and construction impacts and proposed mitigation measures.

Noise and Vibration I34.16 Wherever practicable, noise-sensitive uses, such as housing, hospitals and

schools, should be separated from major sources of noise, such as roads, railways and industrial activities. It is equally important that noise-generating uses should, if possible, be sited away from existing sensitive uses. Where this is not possible, conditions or obligations can be used to mitigate any adverse impacts on health and quality of life. However existing noise-generating businesses should not have unreasonable constraints put on them due to changes in nearby land uses.

Contaminated Land I34.17 Contaminated land can cause harm to human health, property and the wider

environment. If there is any reason to believe that the site may be contaminated, the developer should complete a preliminary risk assessment or desktop study by a suitably qualified person to determine the likelihood of the contamination being present on site. The developer should build a conceptual model that shows all potential contamination sources, the pathways by which it may reach vulnerable receptors and a risk assessment to show how likely this is to occur. At this stage, a review of all available environmental information, a site walkover may be sufficient to develop a conceptual model of all potential contamination sources and the pathways by which it may reach vulnerable receptors.

I34.18 Where high risks have been identified the developer will be required to demonstrate to the council how they will reduce the risk to the receptor to an acceptable level. Further guidance is available in the EA’s ‘Model Procedures for the Management of contaminated land (CLR11) 2004’ and DEFRA’s ‘Development of Category 4 Screening Levels for assessment of contaminated land’ 2010.

I34.19 The extent of works required to remediate a contaminated site should be based on the proposed use and the need to ensure that it is no longer has the potential to be classed as contaminated defined by Part IIA of the Environmental Protection Act 1990. Planning conditions or obligations can be used as appropriate to ensure that contaminated sites are remediated to the required standard prior to construction by determining the scope of further site surveys and assessments, what the scheme should include, implementation arrangements, monitoring and maintenance.

I34.20 The council is required to publish an Inspection Strategy to show how it identifies land where contamination is causing unacceptable risks to health and the environment. The strategy is continually updated when additional information is received regarding remediation and identification of contaminated land.


150

Draft Policy on Environmental Protection

Water Quality and the River Wandle

(a) Development proposals should maintain and improve water quality and minimise pollution of adjacent water bodies or groundwater resulting from surface water run-off by applying the principles of ‘water sensitive urban design’ as part of the proposed SuDS strategy, having regard to ‘UK Guidance for Water Sensitive Urban Design’ and SuDS Manual published by CIRIA3, the EA’s Pollution Prevention Guidelines, the Mayor’s ‘Sustainable Design and Construction’ SPG and the Wandle Trust’s guidelines on ‘Sensitive Water Management in Hackbridge’.

(b) Where water quality issues are potentially significant, planning applications should be supported by an assessment of the likely impacts of the proposed development on water quality, river continuity/flow, groundwater and biodiversity together with details of any ‘water sensitive urban design’ measures, including SuDS, proposed to minimise pollution of adjacent water bodies or groundwater.

(c) All development proposals located within the River Wandle catchment or adjacent to other watercourses should make a positive contribution to EU Water Framework Directive targets, the EA’s Thames River Basin Management Plan and the objectives of the Wandle Catchment Plan as appropriate.

Air Quality

(d) All development proposals should be at least ‘air quality neutral’ with respect to particulates (PM10) and nitrogen oxides (NOx) based on the emissions benchmarks set out in Appendices 5 and 6 of the Mayor’s Sustainable Design and Construction SPG. Any proposal that would have significant adverse impacts on air quality, lead to a breach of national air quality standards or expose the public to existing sources of air pollution will not be permitted unless appropriate mitigation measures are put in place to reduce these impacts to acceptable levels.

(e) All major development proposals with potentially significant adverse impacts

on air quality; located within 150m of a sensitive receptor (e.g. dwellings, hospitals or schools); or incorporating combined heat and power (CHP) or biomass boilers should be accompanied by an Air Quality Assessment to assess the potential impacts and set out proposed mitigation measures to make the development acceptable. Any CHP or biomass boilers should meet the emissions standards in Appendix 7 of the Mayor’s Sustainable Design and Construction SPG. Any individual or communal gas boilers should achieve a NOx rating of less than 40 mg/kWhr

3 Construction Industry Research and Information Association


151

Noise and Vibration

(f) Developments that would generate noise or vibration affecting existing noise-sensitive land-uses, such as housing, schools and hospitals, will not be permitted unless appropriate mitigation measures are proposed to reduce the adverse impacts to acceptable levels, having regard to the Mayor’s Sustainable Design and Construction SPG. Where necessary, the council may set conditions or negotiate planning agreements to reduce noise to acceptable levels, taking account of ambient noise levels, local character and avoiding undue costs on existing businesses.

(g) Proposed noise-sensitive developments should be separated from major noise-generating activities wherever practicable. All planning applications for noise-sensitive developments located near to an existing noise-generating activity should be accompanied by a Noise Assessment, which should determine whether the overall effect of noise exposure (including construction impacts) would be above or below the ‘significant observed adverse effect’ and ‘lowest observed adverse effect’ levels as defined in DEFRA’s ‘Noise Policy Statement for England 2010’.

Contaminated Land

(h) Development proposals located on or near potentially contaminated sites should be supported by a preliminary risk assessment, consisting of a desk top study, site walkover report, a conceptual site model and conclusions, taking into account existing site conditions, available environmental information, previous uses, the groundwater regime, pollution pathways and potential receptors.

(i) Where necessary, a detailed site investigation should be undertaken prior to

construction to assess the nature and extent of contamination and potential risks to human health, adjacent land-uses or the local environment having regard to the Environment Agency’s ‘Technical guidance on the management of contaminated land’ and ‘Model procedures for the management of contaminated land’ as amended. Where unacceptable risks are identified, a proposed remediation scheme, including arrangements for implementation, validation, monitoring and maintenance, should be submitted to the council. The council may use conditions or planning obligations to ensure that such sites are remediated to the required standard by determining the scope of site investigations and proposed remediation schemes.

Construction Impacts

(j) All development proposals should minimise the impacts of air pollution, dust, odour, noise, vibration, water pollution; soil contamination; CO2 emissions and biodiversity on nearby sensitive locations arising from demolition and construction.

(k) For all major developments, developers will be required to submit a Construction Environmental Management Plan prior to construction in line with the council’s Code of Practice on the ‘Control of Pollution and Noise from Demolition and Construction Sites’, the Mayor’s guidance on ‘The control of


152

dust and emissions from construction and demolition’, the London Remade ‘Demolition Protocol’ and other sources of best practice such as ‘Environmental Good Practice on Site’ prepared by the Construction Industry Research and Information Association (CIRIA). Major developments should also achieve Considerate Constructors’ Scheme certification.

? Consultation Question 34 Do you agree with the draft policy on Environmental Protection? If not, please give details


153

I-35

Transport Proposals

I35.1 The unprecedented growth in London’s population in recent years and

predicted further growth to 10 million by 2030 is placing additional pressures on the transport network. Sutton’s population growth along with the predicted growth in employment and greater commuting to central London and elsewhere will result in the need for additional transport capacity in the borough as well as the need for a modal shift from the car to other modes such as public transport, walking and cycling.

I35.2 The recently published Sustainable Transport Strategy and Cycling Strategy

set out in more detail the council’s approach to transport. I35.3 It is proposed that the Local Plan should contain three policies on transport

together with schedules of parking standards and proposed schemes in an appendix. These policies and standards are intended to reflect the approach to national and regional transport policy as set out in the National Planning Policy Framework and the London Plan.

I35.4 The proposed draft strategic transport policy below sets out the council’s

intention to support and implement a range of transport proposals to support new development and population growth. The specific schemes listed below have been carried forward from the existing plan. The latter two schemes fall within the area covered by the draft Sutton Town Centre Masterplan.

Draft Policy on Strategic and Local Transport Proposals

The council will support and implement strategic and local transport improvements to expand and enhance the borough’s transport infrastructure in order to widen transport choice and support new development. The specific schemes are: ● The Tramlink schemes (set out in Issue 4 of this document and Appendix 3 of the Proposed Area Designations on the Proposals Map) ● Beddington Lane Traffic Management ( Proposed Site Allocation S100) ● Carshalton Traffic Management (Potential Site Allocation S101) ● Burnell Road/Lewis Road, Sutton road link (Potential Site Allocation S102) ● Grove Road/Brighton Road road link (Potential Site Allocation S103) General schemes that it is proposed to add to this policy are set out in the consultation question below.

I35.6 Besides the schemes listed below, further schemes may need to be identified

and added to this policy arising from the need for additional transport infrastructure resulting from accommodating future growth in the borough.


154

?

Consultation Question 35 Tramlink To comment on the Tramlink proposals, please see Issue 4. Question 4c (Rosehill-St Helier-Sutton Town Centre route) Question 4d (Sutton Town Centre-London Cancer Hub route) Question 4e (St Helier-Mitcham Junction route) Strategic Schemes Do you support the following strategic transport schemes? Please feel free to provide comments 35a A highway scheme to realign and reconstruct Beddington Lane and provide improved pedestrian and cycle facilities(See Proposed Site Allocation S100) 35b A traffic management scheme in Carshalton to address traffic and safety issues, involving the possible diversion of HGVs in a westbound direction via Ruskin Road to relieve congestion on the A232 at the ponds (See Proposed Site Allocation S101) 35c A new road between the High Street at Burnell Road to Marshalls Road at Lewis Road, to allow a sustainable transport-only corridor between Crown Road and Marshalls Road (See Proposed Site Allocation S102) 35d A new road linking Brighton Road with Grove Road to enable part-pedestrianisation of the High Street between the station and Grove Road (see Proposed Site Allocation S103) General Schemes 35e Rail capacity and service enhancements, eg Crossrail2, London Overground extension or similar Metro service. 35f Rail station access and interchange improvements, eg providing step-free access at all stations, improved passenger facilities and improved bus interchanges. 35g Improvements and extensions to bus services and infrastructure, eg Sunday services on all routes, the extension of the 470 bus to Epsom Hospital, improved bus stops and real-time information. 35h Improvements to walking and cycling facilities, eg new cycle and shared use paths, improved footways and crossings and new cycle “Quietways” Are there any other schemes or proposals that you consider should be included?


155

I-36

Transport Impact

I36.1 Transport is a vital consideration when evaluating new development

proposals and planning the future of the borough. Almost all developments have some impact on the borough’s transport network and large trip-generating developments can have a significant impact. It is therefore important to ensure that developments are appropriately located in relation to the highway and public transport networks, and provide sufficient parking while encouraging the use of sustainable modes of transport. These principles are enshrined in the proposed policy below.

Draft Policy on Managing and Mitigating the Impact of New Development and

Promoting Sustainable Transport (a) Development proposals will be assessed for their impact on the highway and

public transport network, and should be located so as to minimise any adverse impact on the highway network and maximise the use of sustainable modes of transport. Major trip generating developments should be located in town centres and other locations with good public transport accessibility, or take steps to raise the public transport accessibility (PTAL) through improvements to public transport.

(b) Planning permission will not be granted unless any transport improvements considered necessary by the council to overcome any adverse impacts of the development can be secured by planning agreement or an undertaking given by the developer that they will be implemented as part of the development.

? Consultation Question 36 Do you agree with the draft policy on Managing and Mitigating the Impact of new Development and Promoting Sustainable Transport? If not, please give details


156

I-37

Parking

I37.1 Any development or land use needs to provide sufficient off-street parking to

avoid causing overspill parking on-street while not encouraging unnecessary car use. The Mayor’s London Plan sets out a restraint-based parking policy and maximum parking standards for London that borough’s Local Plans must adhere to.

I37.2 The use of maximum parking standards is intended to allow developers to

provide car parking up to a specific standard but not to exceed it. The number of spaces allowed is normally lower in those areas most accessible by public transport in order to encourage the use of public transport and other forms of sustainable transport. Hence, they are considered to be restraint-based parking standards.

I37.3 In response to government policy changes introduced in the NPPF, the Mayor

has recently published proposed revisions to the London Plan on parking, which allow councils the scope to increase certain residential and office standards to reflect lower public transport accessibility in outer London. The council has, therefore, reflected these changes in its draft revised parking standards. It is proposing to allow for greater flexibility in relation to office development in town centres, parking in Strategic Industrial Locations and for residential developments in less accessible areas where they can be justified, while seeking to discourage unnecessary car use and excessive car ownership. The proposed policy below sets out the council’s approach to parking provision in new developments while Schedule 3.B of the Proposed Area Designations on the Proposals Map sets out the proposed parking standards.

Draft Policy on Parking Provision (a) New developments will be expected to provide the appropriate amount of car

parking in broad accordance with the Mayor of London’s restraint-based car parking standards and provide cycle parking in accordance with the council’s cycle parking standards (as set out in Appendix 3 of the Proposed Area Designations on the Proposals Map).

(b) In town centres and other accessible locations, applications for developments proposing limited or no parking will be favourably considered, provided the applicant can demonstrate to the council’s satisfaction that this will not result in an increase in on-street parking which would adversely affect traffic flow including bus movement, highway safety or residential amenity. Proposals for car-free development should normally: (i) be located in a PTAL 5 or 6 area; (ii) provide disabled parking and parking for operational / servicing

needs;


157

(iii) enter into a legal agreement prohibiting residents from obtaining on- street parking permits;

(iv) be located with a Controlled Parking Zone (CPZ) or contribute to the implementation of a CPZ where one does not currently exist;

(v) provide evidence that the public transport infrastructure has sufficient capacity to accommodate the increased demand from the development, or make a contribution towards increased capacity.

?

Consultation Question 37 37a Do you agree that the amount of car parking provided in a new

development should be directly related to how accessible it is by public transport?

37b Do you agree that in Sutton Town Centre and other accessible

locations, the council should consider allowing developments with limited or no off-street parking where certain conditions are met?

37c Do you agree that in areas with poor access to public transport, the

council should consider allowing additional on-site car parking provided that it can be justified?

Please feel free to provide additional comments

Consultation Question 38 Is there any issue which has been missed and which you think is important?


158

Chapter 4 – Potential Site Allocations and Options

S1 This part of the document deals with the range of possible sites that may be

needed for development within Sutton over the next 10 to 15 years. S2 The National Planning Policy Framework states that Local Plans should

allocate sites to promote development and flexible use of land, bringing forward new land where necessary, and provide detail on form, scale, access and quantum of development where appropriate. The National Planning Policy Guidance (NPPG) makes clear that the identification of potential sites should be based upon a robust and credible assessment pf suitable, available and achievable land.

S3 The guidance also makes clear that developers, land-owners and the local

community should be involved at the earliest possible stages of Plan preparation. As such the council undertook a ‘Call for Sites’ consultation where a wide range of stakeholders where invited to submit sites to the council for consideration. This engagement is seen as a continuous process in preparing the Local Plan.

S4 Accordingly the council has sought to identify a wide range of possible sites

for developing within the Plan period, in line with the NPPG. The sites have been derived from a wide range of sources, such as, existing allocations, sites with planning permission, sites submitted through the ‘Call for Sites’ process, and other sites which the council considers may come forward for development within the next 10 to 15 years. However, it should be clear that the sites identified in this document do not constitute proposals, but are the first stage in identifying sufficient land to meet the long term needs of the borough and have not been tested for availability (owner’s willingness to redevelop or develop), achievability (financial viability to develop) or suitability (in conformity with other plan policies where applicable).

S5 When the Local Plan is adopted the ‘Site Allocations’ will broadly prescribe

the development that will be permitted on a specific site. Proposals for other types of development will not generally be permitted.


159

Consultation Question 39 39a Do you think that any of the possible sites identified in this document should NOT be developed? If so, please give reasons? 39b Do you think that any of the uses potentially identified for the sites are NOT suitable? If so, please give reasons? 39c. Do you consider that there are any other possible sites which should be developed as part of the Local Plan and for what use? (Please provide details, such as, site plan, are of site, ownership, suggested use, and any other information that you feel is relevant) Notes: ● Public Transport is assessed according to the ‘Public Transport Accessibility Levels’ (PTAL). For example, Level 1 refers to those areas of the borough which have poor public transport services. Level 6 denotes an area with excellent public transport connections and services. ● Site area is expressed in hectares (ha) ● Policy designations are taken from the adopted (current) Proposals Map ● Some of the sites included are currently under construction, if they are fully completed by the time of the next draft, they will be withdrawn from the document. ● The potential future uses on a site can be one individual potential future use for a site or a combination of potential future uses for a site, depending on the site size and location. Consultation Question 40 Are there any area designations within the appendices of this document which you wish to comment on? Please give the map or schedule reference number and your reasons for support or objection.


Janu

ary 2

016

Not t

o Sc

ale

This

map

is b

ased

on

Ord

nanc

e Su

rvey

mat

eria

l with

the

perm

issio

n of

Ord

nanc

e Su

rvey

on

beha

lf of t

he C

ontro

ller

of H

er M

ajes

ty’s

Stat

ione

ry O

ffice

©C

row

n co

pyrig

ht.

Una

utho

rised

repr

oduc

tion

infri

nges

Cro

wn

copy

right

and

lead

to p

rose

cutio

n or

civi

l pro

ceed

ings

. 100

0086

55X

2016

NPot

entia

l Site

Allo

catio

ns

Pot

entia

l Site

Allo

catio

ns

AP

I (A

rea

of P

oten

tial

Inte

nsifi

catio

n)

Pro

pose

d Lo

ndon

Can

cer H

ub

S1

SUTT

ON T

OWN

CENT

RESe

e Ins

et Ma

p

SUTT

ON T

OWN

CENT

RE

STC1

1ST

C40ST

C41

S78

S76 S7

7

S100

S67 S9

7 S63

S94 S9

5S1

4S1

2S1

9

S10S18

S7

S86S75

S79

S59

S74

S96

S66

S21

S20

S24S2

3S8

S27

S6S1

3S1

6

S15

S11

S22

S17

S81

S9S5

7S2

5S2

8S2

9

S53

S52

S4S1

S5S2

S56

S57

S62

S82

S88S8

4S8

5

S90S5

4

S69

S61

S72S68

S91S7

3

S55

S43

S41

S42

S65

S58

S92

S93

S89

S88

S83

S70

S64 S5

1S3

9

S40

S38

S60

S33

S34 S3

1S3

0

S32

S50

S37

S35

S46

S48

S45 S49

S44 S47

S36

STC1

7STC1

6

STC1

5ST

C14

STC1

3ST

C12

STC2

2ST

C36

STC3

5ST

C34

STC3

3

STC4

STC9

STC1

0ST

C21

STC3

7

STC3

9ST

C18

STC6ST

C7ST

C5ST

C20ST

C45

STC2

8

STC2

7STC8

STC3

7ST

C26

STC2

5ST

C1

STC2

STC1

9

STC3

STC2

3

STC4

6

STC4

2

STC3

1

STC3

0

STC2

9

STC2

4ST

C43

STC4

4

STC3

8 STC4

7

STC3

2

S98

S99

S71

S3

S80

S26


STC1 – THE OLD GAS WORKS Crown Road / High Street Sites, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH

This map is based on Ordnance Survey material with the permission of Ordnance Survey on behalf of the Controller of Her Majesty’s Stationery Office © Crown copyright. Unauthorised reproduction infringes Crown copyright and may lead to prosecution or civil proceedings 100008655X 2015

Site Description These sites are located to the north of Crown Road, opposite the northern end of St Nicholas Way and are bounded by the High Street to the east and Vale Road to the north. The Collingwood estate lies to the west and the northern boundary adjoins the rear of two-storey, mainly terraced houses in Vale Road. Site has recent been cleared.

Site Area 2.3 ha

Ownership Utility / Private

Existing Use Former gas holder, small industrial, retail, vacant offices and car park

Policy Designations Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Indicative Road Link; Area of Taller Building Potential; Secondary Shopping Frontages.

Possible Future Uses Retail Residential Hotel Offices Safeguarded and for Tramlink

Extant Planning Permissions B2013/68306

PTAL Level 5

Comment


STC2 - MORRISONS LOCAL SITE 341 High Street, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site is located in the northern end of the town centre, with frontages to the High Street and Vale Road. Buildings in the surrounding area include the North Sutton sites (now under construction) and Helena House, a 6 storey building on the eastern side of the High Street. A 2-storey terrace with retail at ground floor and residential above adjoins the site to the south-east, and a 2 storey residential terrace adjoins the site to the west.

Site Area 0.22 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Convenience retail and associated car park

Policy Designations Secondary Shopping Frontage; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Area of Taller Building Potential

Possible Future Use Options Retail Residential Community Office

Relevant Planning PermissionHistory

Planning application B2007/59028 refused for the demolition of existing buildings and the erection of a part 3, part 5 storey building with retail at ground floor and residential above.

PTAL Level 5

Comment


STC3 – FORMER BURGER KING SITE 330 -332 High Street Site, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located to the northern end of the town centre and was occupied by the UK’s first drive through restaurant. It has now been demolished. A grade II listed building is located to the north of the site, the southern boundary adjoins shops and the eastern boundary, to the rear of the site, partially adjoins dwellings gaining access from Lewis Road.

Site Area 0.201 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Former restaurant and associated car parking

Policy DesignationsArchaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Possible Future Use Options Residential Retail


Planning Permission B2013/67198 for ground floor retail and 40 flats above

PTAL Level 5

Comment Site is now under construction with completion estimated for 2016/17.


STC4 – SUTTON WEST CENTRE Robin Hood Lane, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located to the west of Sutton town centre and the surrounding development is predominantly residential. The site adjoins an Area of Special Local Character (ASLC) to the north and east, designated due to the heritage value of the late-Victorian and Edwardian housing. The site is occupied by a youth centre, a nursery and an adult learning centre.

Site Area 1.58 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Community – Youth and Education Services

Policy Designations

Sutton SRQ, Archaeological Priority Area, Adjoins Beulah/Clarence Road ASLC, Site Allocation, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Secondary Shopping Frontage, Site Allocation STCN2

Possible Future Use Options Community Residential Primary School Secondary School

Relevant Planning Permission History None

PTAL Level 4

Comment Redevelopment could offer an opportunity to replace existing uses with residential. Subject to relocation.


STC5 – NORTH OF LODGE PLACE Lodge Place / Mason Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the corner of Throwley Way and Lodge Place, directly to the east of the High Street. A single storey doctor’s surgery and a single storey office building occupy the site and a bus stop and lay-by are located on Lodge Road.

Site Area 0.22 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Vacant site and medical practice

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Primary Shopping Area; Primary Shopping Frontage (Lodge Place); Secondary Shopping Frontage (Throwley Way, Manor Place); Area of Taller Building Potential.

Possible Future Use Options Retail Residential Leisure Health


Planning permission B2014/69267 for ground floor retail and 31 residential flats above.

PTAL Level 6

Comment The southern part of the site has been cleared.


STC6 – SOUTH OF LODGE PLACE Lodge Place / Throwley Way, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located to the south of Lodge Place with frontages to the High Street, Lodge Place and Throwley Way. The site comprises two large format shops and associated surface parking areas and four shop units fronting the High Street.

Site Area 0.4 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Retail and car park

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Primary Shopping Area; Primary Shopping Frontage (High Street, Lodge Place); Secondary Shopping Frontage (Throwley Way), Area Of Taller Building Potential Sutton Town Centre, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Site Allocation STCC2

Possible Future Use Options Retail Residential Office / Commercial Leisure


An outline planning application B2006/55542 was submitted but subsequently refused by the council.

PTAL Level 6

Comment The site has a shared use and mixed freehold ownership which could act as a development constraint.


STC7 – KWIKFIT SITE Throwley Way, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the eastern side of Throwley Way and accommodates a single storey building fronting onto the gyratory road. A row of two storey semi-detached houses back on to the site and a pedestrian/cycle path is located to the south of the site, adjacent to Times Square MSCP, linking Throwley Way to Lenham Road behind.

Site Area 0.070 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Car repair and maintenance

Policy DesignationsArchaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Possible Future Use Options Hotel Retail Residential Offices

Relevant Planning PermissionHistory None

PTAL Level 6a

Comment None


STC8 – NORTH OF GREENFORD ROAD Greenford Road / Throwley Way, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the northern side of Greenford Road and is comprised of a vacant yard and workshop to the east and to the west, on the corner of St Nicholas Way, a private residence and converted offices. To the east is a row of 4 shops fronting the High Street with residential above. Two large retail buildings are in close proximity to the subject site; the 4 storey St Nicholas Centre is located across Greenford Road and the 5 storey Asda building adjoins the site to the north.

Site Area 0.070 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Dwelling, offices and vacant yard

Policy DesignationsSecondary Shopping Frontage; Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Possible Future Use Options Residential Retail Offices


Planning permission B2013/68373 granted for ground floor retail and 5 flats above.

PTAL Level 5

CommentApproximately half the allocation currently has planning permission. If this is implemented it will prevent comprehensive redevelopment of the site.


STC9 – CIVIC CENTRE SITE St Nicholas Way, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the corner of St Nicholas Way and Cheam Road and accommodates a four-storey, U-shaped building with a range of civic uses. A pedestrian underpass under St Nicholas Way links the site and the High Street.

Site Area 0.90 ha

Ownership Public

Existing Use Council offices, library, educational facilities, shop/community facility units, surface car park

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Secondary Shopping Frontage; Site of Importance for Nature Conservation opposite; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Possible Future Use Options

Offices Community uses Cultural Retail Residential Primary School Secondary School


PTAL PTAL 6a

Comment The site is in full operational use. Located adjacent to Listed Buildings


STC10 – SECOMBE THEATRE SITE Cheam Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located to the west of the town centre on Cheam Road and is occupied a theatre in a 2-storey converted church with a brick façade and later additions to the rear. The site is surrounded by a mix of uses and building heights. The western part of the site is occupied by the Christian Science Church.

Site Area 0.486 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Theatre and place of worship

Policy DesignationsSite Allocation, Area of Taller Building Potential, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Sutton Town Centre Boundary

Possible Future Use Options Residential Office Theatre Primary school


PTAL Level 5

Comment In operational use and recent taken over by the Sutton Theatre Trust on a 10-year lease.


STC11 – BEECH TREE PLACE West Street, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

This site is located on the western side of St Nicholas Way, immediately north of the St Nicholas Churchyard. It comprises residential properties along Beech Tree Place and two pairs of semi-detached houses immediately to the north, on West Street. Most of the properties are owned by the council and used as sheltered and supported housing.

Site Area 0.43 ha

Ownership Council / Private

Existing Use Residential (Sheltered / Supported Housing) with community uses.

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Secondary Shopping Frontage; Site of Importance for Nature Conservation opposite; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Possible Future Use Options Residential Social / community uses Offices / small business Other town centre uses (retail/leisure)


PTAL Level 6a

Comment Any redevelopment proposals would need to relocate supported housing and community uses, potentially within the development.


STC12 – NORTH OF SUTTON COURT ROAD Sutton Court Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the northern side of Sutton Court Road and comprises two sites: Watermead House office building and a vacant site at 17 Sutton Court Road. The site adjoins Sutton Police Station to the north and east, and Bank House to the west which has recently been refurbished for residential use.

Site Area 0.22 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Offices and vacant site

Policy DesignationsSecondary Shopping Frontage; Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Possible Future Use Options Residential Offices Retail

Relevant Planning Permission History

Planning permission B2011/63901 for a 14 storey building comprising round floor commercial and 82 flats above on the vacant part of site. Watermead House has Prior Approval for conversion to 73 units. Planning permission B2015/71611 would add an additional 9 units.

PTAL Level 6

Comment Planning permission B2011/63901 has just started onsite.


STC13 – SOUTH OF SUTTON COURT RD Sutton Court Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located to the south of Sutton Court Road and is adjoined by Sutton Railway Station and railway tracks. The site comprises: a vacant 16 storey office building, two vacant lots on both sides and the site of six subdivided / demolished houses to the east.

Site Area 0.85 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Vacant offices and residential dwellings

Policy DesignationsArchaeology Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor and transport interchange (Tramlink); Community Priority Regeneration Area; Pedestrian Links to Sutton Railway Station; Area of Taller Building Potential.


Residential Offices Retail Restaurants Leisure Hotel Land safeguarded for Tramlink


Planning permission B2013/67182 for 332 dwellings with retail, commercial, offices, leisure and a 139 bed roomed hotel. The council is in receipt of an application for 132 flats on the eastern part of the site, but this is yet to be determined.

PTAL Level 6a

Comment Site includes land safeguarded for Tramlink


STC14 – SUTTON STATION AND CAR PARK Sutton Town Centre, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located at the southern end of Sutton town centre and is comprised on Sutton Station in the western portion of the site, fronting the High Street, and a surface car park in the eastern portion of the site, accessed from Brighton Road via the Quadrant. The station building is single storey at street level and steps down at the rear to track level.

Site Area 1.3 ha

Ownership Utility Company

Existing Use Railway station, retail and surface car park

Policy DesignationsSite Allocation; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Area of Taller Building Potential, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre


Retail Offices Residential Car park Leisure Other town centre uses e.g. restaurants


PTAL Level 6a

Comment Station is operational. Operational use as track maintenance depot between the car park and the railway line.


STC15 – SHOPS OPPOSITE STATION Mulgrave Court / Brighton Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located at the junction of Mulgrave Road, Brighton Road and the High Street and is directly opposite Sutton Station. It comprises a parade of shops, partially on the bridge over the railway tracks, and some with office units above.

Site Area 0.24 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Shops / Retail / Takeaways with offices and residential above

Policy Designations

Site Allocation; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Area of Taller Building Potential, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Indicative Road Link, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Secondary Shopping Frontage

Possible Future Use Options Retail Residential Offices Hotel

Relevant Planning Permission History Prior Approval B2013/68540 for the conversion of offices to flats

PTAL Level 6a

Comment If the above Prior Approval is implemented then comprehensive redevelopment will not be possible.


STC16 – SUTHERLAND HOUSE Brighton Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on Brighton Road to the south of Sutton Station and to the north of Cedar Road. The existing building is comprised of two main components; the main Sutherland House Tower (12 storeys) and the front podium (3 storeys). The ground floor of the podium building is occupied by retail uses and vacant units.

Site Area 0.26 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Vacant offices, retail and restaurant.

Policy Designations

Allocated Site; Secondary Shopping Frontage; Area of Taller Building Potential, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Secondary Shopping Frontage, Sutton Town Centre Boundary

Possible Future Use Options Residential Retail Commercial

Relevant Planning Permission History Prior Approval B2014/70099 for conversion to 128 flats

PTAL Level 6a

Comment The Prior Approval has been implemented but not completed.


STC17 – PETROL STATION NORTH OF SUBSEA 7 Brighton Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE NORTH This map is based on Ordnance Survey material with the permission of Ordnance Survey on behalf of the Controller of Her Majesty’s Stationery Office © Crown copyright. Unauthorised reproduction infringes Crown copyright and may lead to prosecution or civil proceedings 100008655X 2015

Site Description

These sites are located on the western side of Brighton Road, at the southern end of the town centre and comprising a new office block under construction, a petrol service station and a small parade of shops with office uses above. The sites adjoin railway tracks to the west and residential units to the south. Existing buildings in the area range in height from 3 to 11 storeys and are mainly residential. Sutherland House, a 12 storey vacant office building, is located across Brighton Road to the north east of the site.

Site Area 0.32 ha

Ownership Council/ Private

Existing Use Offices, petrol station and retail

Policy Designations Secondary Shopping Frontage; Green Corridor adjoining; Area of Taller Building Potential, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre

Possible Future Use Options Offices Residential Petrol Station Retail


Planning permission B2013/67640 for a five-storey purpose built office.

PTAL Level 6

Comment Southern part of the site is currently under construction


STC18 – SUPERBOWL SUTTON St Nicholas Way, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is the Superbowl site located on St Nicholas Way and comprises a three storey building which has a return frontage along Church Street which is a pedestrianised access from St Nicholas Way to the High Street. To the southern side of the site is retail and to the north is the unused rear entrance to a store located within the St Nicholas Centre. The area is of a mixed character comprising a range of building uses, styles, scales and designs associated with this Town Centre location.

Site Area 0.14 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Bowling Alley and Leisure facilities

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Areas, Area Of Taller Building Potential Sutton Town Centre Central Setting, Sutton TC Decentralised Energy Opportunity, Area Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Primary Shopping Area, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters


Leisure facilitates Hotel Restaurant Retail Residential


Planning Permission B2014/70802 for a 127-bedroom hotel and restaurant.

PTAL Level 6a

Comment


STC19 – HELENA HOUSE 348 to 355 High Street, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is a six storey property located on the eastern side of High Street Sutton. A grade II listed pub lies to the south of the site, two-storey shops adjoin the site to the north and Sutton Green lies to the west. A secondary access is offered from Lewis Road to the east.

Site Area 0.114 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Offices

Policy DesignationsSutton Town Centre Boundary, Limit of Sustainable Residential Quality, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Sutton Town Centre Quarter, Decentralised energy Opportunity Area

Possible Future Use Options Offices Residential


PTAL Level 5

Comment


STC20 – HERALD HOUSE 17 Throwley Way, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the western side of Throwley Way. The existing predominantly two-storey office building is a featureless modern brick building constructed in 1979. The flat roof design and white treatment of the roof and around the eaves result in an unobtrusive building of a relatively low scale in a town centre location.

Site Area 0.05 ha

Ownership Private


Policy DesignationsArchaeological Priority Area, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit of Sustainable Residential Development, Quarters in Sutton Town Centre, Primary Shopping Area and Sutton Town Centre Boundary.

Possible Future Use Options Offices Residential Retail


PTAL Level 6a

Comment


STC21 – SUTTON PARK HOUSE 15 Carshalton Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the northern side of Carshalton Road and also fronts the east side of Throwley Way, Sutton and comprises a six storey building with ground, first, second, third, fourth, fifth and mezzanine floors used as offices. Surrounding developments along Carshalton Road comprises a mixture of commercial and residential properties.

Site Area 0.26 ha

Ownership Private


Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Areas, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters in Sutton Town Centre, Area Of Taller Building Potential Sutton Town Centre and Sutton Town Centre Boundary.


Relevant Planning Permission History Prior Approval B2014/70673 for conversion to 94 flats.

PTAL Level 6a

Comment None


STC22 – OLD INN HOUSE 2 Carshalton Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The subject site is located on the southern side of Carshalton Road, Sutton and comprises of a detached 5 storey building with retail and first, second, third and fourth floors used as offices. The primary entrance to the site is from Carshalton Road, with the provision of 34 car parking spaces accessed Bank Mews.

Site Area 0.06 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Offices and ground floor retail and café

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Areas, Central Setting Sutton TC, Sutton Town Centre Conservation Area, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters in Sutton Town Centre and Sutton Town Centre Boundary.

Possible Future Use Options Offices Retail Café Residential


Prior approval B2014/69719 for conversion to 28 flats. A subsequent prior approval for 32 flats has been submitted.

PTAL Level 6a

Comment


STC23 – BUS GARAGE AND ALLOTMENTS Bushey Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site is located north of Sutton Town Centre, adjacent to the main railway line and residential dwellings. The site comprises a large bus garage with allotments to the north

Site Area 1.05 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Bus garage and allotments

Policy DesignationsDecentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Green Corridor, Limit of Residential Development, Site of Importance for Nature Conservation, Urban Green Space.

Possible Future Use Options Residential Bus Garage


PTAL Level 4

Comment Redevelopment of the bus garage would be subject to relocating the bus garage. The allotments are statutory.


STC24 – HALFORDS BLOCK Crown Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The Halfords Site is located in northern part of Sutton town centre, immediately ot the south of the gas holder redevelopment site.

Site Area 0.304 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Retail and Residential

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Areas, Area Of Taller Building Potential Sutton Town Centre, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Sutton Town Centre Boundary

Possible Future Use Options Retail Residential


PTAL 5

Comment


STC25 – MATALAN BLOCK High Street, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located in the northern end of Sutton Town Centre at the junction of the High Street and Marshalls Road. The site is occupied by a large retail store with associated car park, and some smaller retail units and takeaways. The car park is access from Chestnut Crescent. The character of the area reflects the mix-use nature of a town centre.

Site Area 0.6 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Retail and associated car park

Policy DesignationsCentral Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Secondary Shopping Frontage, Sutton Town Centre Boundary

Possible Future Use Options Retail Residential Offices Other town centre uses


PTAL Level 5

Comment


STC26 – 31 to 35 ST NICHOLAS WAY St Nicholas Way, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on St Nicholas Way to the west of Sutton Town Centre. The site is occupied by a ground floor retail unit and offices above, with associated car parking. To the east of the site is the vehicular entrance to the ASDA store, to the north, south and west are residential dwellings.

Site Area 0.09 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Retail and offices

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Areas, Area Of Special Local Character, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Sutton Town Centre Boundary

Possible Future Use Options Retail Residential Offices


PTAL Level 4

Comment None


STC27 – ROBIN HOOD SCHOOL St Nicholas Way, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the western side of St Nicholas Way, opposite the St Nicholas Shopping Centre. There are dwellings immediately to the north and west and a multi-storey car park adjoins the site to the south.

Site Area 0.86 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use School

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Areas, Area Of Taller Building Potential Sutton Town Centre, Central Setting Sutton TC, Cycle Network, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Sutton Town Centre Boundary


Residential Primary School Secondary School Retail Community and Leisure


PTAL Level 6a

Comment School is in operational use so would need to be re-provided


STC28 – ST NICHOLAS CENTRE CAR PARK St Nicholas Way, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the western side of St Nicholas Way, opposite the St Nicholas Shopping Centre. The site operates as a multi-storey car park for the St Nicholas Centre. There a primary school immediately to the north and residential dwelling to the south

Site Area 0.52 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Multi-storey Car Park

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Areas, Area Of Taller Building Potential Sutton Town Centre, Central Setting Sutton TC, Cycle Network, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Sutton Town Centre Boundary

Possible Future Use Options Car Park Residential Hotel


Planning permission B2006/56476 for a 100-bedroomed hotel. Permission was not implemented and has now lapsed.

PTAL Level 6a

Comment Car park is in operational use so would need to be retained as part of redevelopment proposals


STC29 – ST NICHOLAS HOUSE St Nicholas Way, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site is located in Sutton town centre, to the east of St Nicholas Way.

Site Area 0.31 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Offices and Leisure

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Areas, Area Of Taller Building Potential Sutton Town Centre, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Primary Shopping Area, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Proposed Tramlink Extensions, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Secondary Shopping Frontage, Sutton Town Centre Boundary.

Possible Future Use Options Offices Retail Residential


PTAL 5

Comment


STC30 – ROBIN HOOD LANE SITES Robin Hood Lane, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site is located on Robin Hood Lane, to the west of the town centre. The site comprises the Robin Hood Health Centre, Scill and a warehouse/office

Site Area 0.567 ha

Ownership NHS and private.

Existing Use Health Centre, community facility and office/warehouse

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Areas, Sutton Town Centre, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Primary Shopping Area, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Sutton Town Centre Boundary.

Possible Future Use Options Health Centre Community facilities Residential


PTAL 5

Comment


STC31 – GIBSON ROAD CAR PARK Gibson Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is a council owned multi storey car park, located to the north west of the civic offices. To the south of the site is the Secombe Theatre, to the north is a health centre and to the west are residential dwellings.

Site Area 0.7 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Multi-storey car park

Policy DesignationsArea Of Taller Building Potential Sutton Town Centre, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Sutton Town Centre Boundary


Residential Retail Offices Community Car Parking


PTAL 6a

Comment Redevelopment of the site would need to reprovide town centre car parking.


STC32 – CITY HOUSE SITE Sutton Park Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located in Sutton town centre to the south of the high Street and is occupied by an office block. To the north of the site is the council civic offices, to the east is Sutton Baptist Church, to the south and west are residential dwellings.

Site Area 0.19 ha

Ownership Council and private


Policy Designations

Area Of Taller Building Potential Sutton Town Centre, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Sutton Town Centre Boundary.

Possible Future Use Options Residential Offices Town centre uses


PTAL Level 5

Comment None


STC33 –NORTH OF GROVE ROAD SITES Grove Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the north side of Grove Road in Sutton town centre and comprising a large convenience store and car park . The site is located within the Sutton High Street Crossroads Conservation Area. The character of the area reflects the mix of uses found in a town centre.

Site Area 1.0 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Convenience store and associated car park, offices and residential

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Areas, Area Of Taller Building Potential Sutton Town Centre, Central Setting Sutton TC, Conservation Area, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Sutton Town Centre Boundary

Possible Future Use Options Retail Offices Residential


Prior Approval B2015/71746 for conversion of an office to 5 flats at 74 Grove Road.

PTAL Level 6a

Comment


STC34 – GREENSLEEVES MANOR Grove Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the corner of Grove Road and Bridge Road, on the edge of Sutton Town Centre. To the south of the site is the railway line and to the west are residential flats. To the east of the site is an office block and sorting office. To the north of the site is a parade of retail units and the Morrisons supermarket. The site comprises residential maisonettes.

Site Area 0.26 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Residential

Policy Designations Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development

Possible Future Use Options Residential


PTAL Level 6a

Comment Site offers potential for intensification


STC35 – LAND SOUTH OF GROVE ROAD Grove Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located to the south of Grove Road in Sutton town centre. The site comprises offices, post office, sorting office and telephone exchange. To the rear of the Sutton is the railway line, to the north is a row of retail premises and a Morrisons supermarket. The character of the area reflects the mix of uses that can be found in a town centre

Site Area 0.49 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Offices, post office, sorting office and telephone exchange

Policy Designations

(Area Of Taller Building Potential Sutton Town Centre, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Sutton Town Centre Boundary

Possible Future Use Options Residential Offices Retail Other town centre uses


PTAL Level 5

Comment Redevelopment of the site could include reprovision of existing uses on site.


STC36 – B&Q SITE Carshalton Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located within Sutton Town Centre to the north of the railway line. The site is occupied by a large retail superstore and car park. To the south of the site is a recent office to residential conversion and the South Point site allocation. To the north of the site is Manor Park

Site Area 2.2 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Retail superstore and associated car park

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Areas, (Area Of Taller Building Potential Sutton Town Centre, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Secondary Shopping Frontage, Sutton Town Centre Boundary


Residential Offices Retail Other town centre uses Parking


PTAL Level 6a

Comment None


STC37 – WILKINSONS SITE High Street / Throwley Way Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the corner of Sutton High Street and Throwley Road and is currently occupied by a retail store and car park above. To the west of the site is Sutton High Street and to the east is the Aspects residential scheme.

Site Area 0.11 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Retail and car park

Policy Designations

Archaeology Priority Area; Site Allocation; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Pedestrian Links to Sutton Railway Station; Area of Taller Building Potential, Central Setting, Decentralised Energy Opportunity, Limit of Sustainable Residential Development, Primary Shopping Area, Primary Shopping Frontage, Town Centre Quarter, Secondary Shopping Frontage

Possible Future Use Options Retail Residential Offices Community uses


PTAL Level 6a

CommentAny redevelopment would have to re-accommodate the car parking spaces that are allocated to the Aspects development to the east of the site.


STC38 – HOUSES ADJ TO MANOR PARK Throwley Way, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the north-western corner of Manor Park, and contains a row of mainly semi-detached houses which are a mix of council and privately owned. The houses are accessed from Throwley Way or Greyhound Road. More intensive development on the corner would provide an opportunity it expand the park

Site Area 0.52 ha


Existing Use A mix of private residential properties and council owned sheltered and supported housing.

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Areas, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Public Open Space, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Sutton Town Centre Boundary.

Possible Future Use Options Residential Retail Primary School


PTAL 6a

Comment None


STC39 – TIMES SQUARE Throwley Way, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on Throwley Way in Sutton Town Centre, adjacent to the Times Square Shopping Centre. To the east of the site are residential dwellings that bound Manor park. The west of the site lies the town centre and the Taller building of aspects to the south.

Site Area 0.080 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Vacant site

Policy Designations

Sutton town centre boundary, Sutton Sustainable Residential Quality Area, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Area of Taller Building Potential, Archaeological Priority Area, Central Setting, Primary Shopping Area, Proposed Tramlink Extension, Secondary Shopping Frontage, Quarters

Possible Future Use Options Retail Residential Offices


Planning permission B2014/70990 for redevelopment of the shopping centre. This section of the site will be cleared as part of the above application but will be surplus and available for separate redevelopment according to the Call for Sites response.

PTAL Level 6a

CommentThis site was a ‘Call for Sites’ submission. Inclusion here does not necessarily mean the council agrees with the suggested use, but has been included for the purposes of consultation.


STC40 – TIMES HOUSE Throwley Way, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site is located to the rear of Times Square Shopping Centre, to the west of Throwley Way and is occupied by an office block.

Site Area 0.15 ha

Ownership Private


Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Areas, Area Of Taller Building Potential Sutton Town Centre, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Primary Shopping Area, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Sutton Town Centre Boundary



PTAL 6a

Comment None


STC41 – TIMES SQUARE CAR PARK Throwley Way, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located to the east of the town centre. It is bounded by Throwley Way to the west, Greyhound Road to the south and Lenham Road to the east. The car park is connected to Times Square Shopping Centre by two elevated footbridges. The KwikFit adjoins the site to the north.

Site Area 0.72 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Multi-storey car park

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Areas, Area Of Taller Building Potential Sutton Town Centre, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Sutton Town Centre Boundary.

Possible Future Use Options Residential Retail Offices Car parking


Archaeological Priority Areas, Area Of Taller Building Potential Sutton Town Centre, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Sutton Town Centre Boundary.

PTAL 6a

Comment Redevelopment of the site would need to reprovide town centre car parking.


STC42 – CHAUCER ESTATE Chaucer Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH This map is based on Ordnance Survey material with the permission of Ordnance Survey on behalf of the Controller of Her Majesty’s Stationery Office © Crown copyright. Unauthorised reproduction infringes Crown copyright and may lead to prosecution or civil proceedings 100008655X 2015

Site Description

The Chaucer Estate is located to the north west of Sutton town centre and adjoins the railway line in east. The site is a council housing estate, although some is now in private ownership as a result of right to buy. To the south of the site are allotments. The site is occupied by a tall building, Chaucer House

Site Area 3.06 ha

Ownership Council and Private


Policy Designations Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Green Corridor, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Urban Green Space

Possible Future Use Options • Residential • Allotments • Primary School (Long-term) • Secondary School (Long-term)


PTAL Level 1b and 2

Comment The site may offer opportunities for neighbourhood regeneration.


STC43 – BENHILL ESTATE Benhilll Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is the Benhill Estate located to the east of Sutton Town Centre and within the SRQ area for the town centre. The buildings on site are predominately 4 storey residential blocks set with area of public open space

Site Area 5.8 ha

Ownership Council / private

Existing Use Residential housing estate

Policy Designations Archaeological Priority Area, Cycle Network, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Tree Preservation Order, Urban Green Space


Residential Primary School (long term) Secondary School (long term) Community uses


PTAL Level 1b and 2



STC44 – ROSEBERY GARDENS Roseberry Gardens, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site is located off of Throwley Way Sutton and adjoins the Benhill Estate

Site Area 0.83 ha



Policy Designations




PTAL 5

Comment May offer opportunities for neighbourhood regeneration.


STC45 – ELM GROVE SITE Elm Grove, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located to the east of Sutton Town Centre, to the rear of the High Street shops. The site is a social housing site with some privately owned dwellings. The site is accessed from Benhill Avenue. To the east in the Benhill Estate

Site Area 0.6 ha

Ownership Private and Council


Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Areas, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Secondary Shopping Frontage, Sutton Town Centre Boundary



PTAL Level 6a



STC46 – COLLINGWOOD ESTATE Crown Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The Collingwood Estate is located immediately to the north of Sutton town centre and is occupied by residential dwellings. To the east the Gas Holder site adjoins the Collingwood Estate.

Site Area 2.83 ha



Policy Designations Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area

Possible Future Use Options Residential Primary School (Long-term) Secondary School (Long-term)


PTAL 4 and 5



STC47 – SUTTON COURT North of Cavendish Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site is located off of Throwley Way Sutton and adjoins the Benhill Estate

Site Area 2.03 ha



Policy Designations




PTAL 5

Comment Site may offer opportunities for neighbourhood regeneration.


S1 – FELNEX TRADING ESTATE London Road, Hackbridge

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site falls within the Hackbridge Sustainable Neighbourhood and is partly within the proposed Hackbridge district centre. The site is bounded by two roads (London Road A23 and Hackbridge Road B277), local schools, a railway line and an office/industrial area. The site comprises older industrial buildings, many of which have become vacant.

Site Area 7.7 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Former / vacant industrial estate

Policy Designations Partly within Hackbridge District Centre, Hackbridge SRQ, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Possible Future Use Options Residential Retail Employment Community / Health

Relevant PlanningPermission History

Outline Planning C2009/62075 permission granted for up to 725 dwellings. Reserve Matters application C2014/68755 for Phase 1

PTAL Level 2

Comment Site has been cleared.


S2 – LAND ADJ TO HACKBRIDGE STATION London Road, Hackbridge

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site falls within Hackbridge. It is bounded by a bridge embankment with housing beyond to the north, a railway to the east, an approach road to the south and retail and residential uses to the west. The site is currently occupied by small industrial units and open storage activities.

Site Area 1.2ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Industry

Policy Designations Hackbridge District Centre, Hackbridge SRQ, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Possible Future Use Options Residential Employment


PTAL Level 3

Comment Site is allocation in Site Development Policies DPD for residential led redevelopment with a 40% retention of employment on site.


S3 – LAND NORTH OF BEDZED London Road, Hackbridge

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

Within the Hackbridge Sustainable Neighbourhood, Area A is enclosed to the south-east, south and west by residential development and by open land to the north and north-east, while Area B is bounded by open land, a railway, a community facility and London Road.

Site Area 7.54 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Open Space

Policy DesignationsMetropolitan Open Space Metropolitan Green Chain, Site of Importance for Nature Conservation, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation, Land Safeguarded for Wandle Valley Regional Park, partial area at risk of flooding, SRQ area,

Possible Future Use Options Open space Primary school / playing fields


Planning application C2015 / 72418 for a new primary school has been submitted for Area B. Area A also has a education safeguard as part of the Site Allocation

PTAL Level 1b and 2

Comment The Plan will seek to de-designate the ‘mineral extraction’ safeguard.

A

B


S4 – VULCAN HOUSE Restmor Way, Hackbridge

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The sire located off Restmor Way and forms part of a large industrial estate that is adjacent to the Felnex Trading Estate in Hackbridge. The site does not fall within a conservation area. It is 3 storeys high and is predominately brick built with cream coloured panelling and parking on the roof.

Site Area 0.08 ha

Ownership Private


Policy DesignationsDecentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Area of Tall Building Potential, Hackbridge Limit of Sustainable Residential Development, Archaeological Priority Area, Established Industrial location, Flood Zone 2 (Part of Site)

Possible Future Use Options Offices Employment Residential

Relevant Planning Permission History Prior Approval C2015/72275 for conversion to 48 flats.

PTAL Level 1b

Comment None


S5 – HACKBRIDGE STATION AND CAR PARK London Road, Hackbridge

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site falls within Hackbridge and comprises a railway station building, dentist and a car park. To the north is an industrial estate that is allocated for residential led mixed use redevelopment. To the west of the site is the former Felnex Industrial Estate that has planning permission for a residential led mixed use redevelopment of up to 725 dwellings. To the east of the site is the railway line and the emerging Wandle Valley Regional Park

Site Area 0.3 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Train station, dentist and car parking

Policy Designations Hackbridge District Centre, Hackbridge SRQ, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation, Area of Taller Building Potential

Possible Future Use Options Residential Employment Retail Car parking


PTAL Level 3

Comment Any redevelopment would need to re-provide car parking for the station


S6 – RAILWAY APPROACH AND CAR PARK Off Manor Road, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located within Wallington district centre and comprises the buildings around Railway Approach and the car park associated with the station. It is in a mixed area with retail, office and residential uses all nearby.

Site Area 1.1 ha

Ownership Council, Public and Private

Existing Use Office (some vacant), retail, car parking (public and private) and a Public Transport Interchange

Policy DesignationsWallington District Centre, Part Secondary Shopping Frontage, Adjoining the Park Road / Melbourne Road and Springfield Road / Grosvenor Road Areas of Special Landscape Character, Site Allocation


Offices Residential Retail Leisure Car Parking

Relevant Planning Permission History Prior Approval for Cantium House for conversion to 40 flats

PTAL Level 4

CommentThe council has acquired the head lease of the Cantium House and intends to retain in office use. There is a possibility of comprehensive redevelopment with proposed allocations that adjoin the site (Delivery Office)


S7 – WALLINGTON SQUARE Off Woodcote Road, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located in Wallington district centre and forms part of the shops and services of the district centre. The site is bounded by two-storey housing to the north, offices to the east and Sainsburys supermarket to the south. The site comprises an unexceptional 1970s shopping precinct with a poor quality public realm and limited street furniture and landscaping.

Site Area 0.6 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Residential, retail and offices

Policy Designations Primary Shopping Frontage, Wallington District Centre, Site Allocation

Possible Future Use Options Retail Residential offices


Planning permission D2013/67339 for commercial units and 30 flats

PTAL Level 4

Comment

Phase 1 of the Wallington redevelopment has been completed. Phase 2 has not yet been implemented.

Site is currently allocated in the adopted Site Development Policies DPD for mixed -use


S8 – LIDL WALLINGTON Beddington Gardens, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located within Wallington district centre and is surrounded by a mix of uses. The railway is to the north, there are retail premises to the east, a church to the south and a residential development to the west. The site is currently occupied by a Lidl supermarket, a small customers’ car park and delivery bays.

Site Area 0.3 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Convenience retail

Policy Designations Wallington District Centre, Part Primary Shopping Frontage, Site Allocation, Area of Taller Building Potential



PTAL Level 4

CommentThe site has potential to improve linkages within Wallington District Centre. The site is also used to provide informal access to Wallington Station


S9 – LUDLOW LODGE Alcester Road, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is a former council care located in the Wallington SRQ and adjacent to the Holy Trinity Conservation Area. The Holy Trinity Church adjoins the site to the south west with the remainder of the area predominately residential.

Site Area 0.73 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Vacant council care home and garages

Policy Designations Limit of Sustainable Residential Development.



PTAL Level 4

Comment


S10 – LAND REAR OF 105 STAFFORD ROAD Stafford Road, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is occupied by the Missionary Mart, to the rear of 105 Stafford Road, and is located within the Stafford Road Local Centre. The buildings on the site are a collection of old warehouse buildings that are used by the Missionary Mart to sell second hands goods and furniture. The properties to the east, west and south of the site are residential.

Site Area 0.17 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Warehouses, retail

Policy Designations Limit of Sustainable Residential Development



PTAL Level 3

Comment


S11 – CLIFTON ROAD HALL Clifton Road, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site is located on Clifton Road and is occupied by a community hall and car park. The character of the surrounding area is predominately residential.

Site Area 0.05 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Community Hall and car park

Policy Designations Area of Special Local Character, Limit of Sustainable Residential Quality

Possible Future Use Options Community hall Residential


PTAL Level 3



S12 – WALLINGTON HALL AND CAR PARK Stafford Road, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the edge of the Wallington District Centre and comprises a public hall and a public car park. The public hall fronts on to Stafford Road and the car park is accessed via Woodcote Road. To the North of the site is a supermarket and the District centre. To the west, south, and east are residential properties.

Site Area 0.54 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Public hall and car park

Policy DesignationsWallington District Centre, Limit of Sustainable Residential Development, Area Of Taller Building Potential Wallington District Centre, Tree Preservation Order.


Residential Retail Public hall Primary School Car park


PTAL Level 3

Comment None


S13 – MANOR ROAD / ROSS PARADE Manor Road / Ross Parade, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site is located within Wallington District Centre on the corner of Manor Road and Ross Parade. The site comprises a public house, retail units, and some residential units.

Site Area 0.65 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Retail, public house, offices

Policy DesignationsArea of Taller Building Potential, District Centre, Limit of Sustainable Residential Quality, Green Corridor, Primary Shopping Area, Primary Shopping Frontage, Primary Shopping Area, Secondary Shopping Frontage.

Possible Future Use Options Residential Retail Public house Restaurant


None

PTAL Level 4

Comment Possible to combine with adjacent site that is also proposed as a allocation


S14 – 31-35 STAFFORD ROAD Stafford Road, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is a former petrol garage and car wash that is now vacant, located to the south of Stafford Road and within the Stafford Road Local Centre. Immediately adjoining the application site to the east is the Windmill Public House Adjoining the site to the west is a shop at ground floor with seven individual flats located at first floor and roof level. The wider area is predominately ground floor shops and commercial uses with first, and in some cases second floor, residential accommodation. Properties on the opposite side of the road and further to the west are located within the Wallington District Centre.

Site Area 0.370 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Former petrol station / car wash

Policy Designations Area of Special Local Character, Area of Taller Building Potential, Limit of Sustainable Residential Development

Possible Future Use Options Residential Retail Offices Restaurant

Relevant Planning Permission History Planning application refused for a drive-thru restaurant

PTAL Level 3

Comment


S15 – MELBOURNE ROAD CAR PARK Melbourne Road, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located within the Wallington District Centre and is accessed from Melbourne Road and Belmont Road. To the south of the site is the former Canon House office block that has now converted to flats and Wallington Station is located just to the west of the site. The character of the area is mixed, reflected the District Centre status.

Site Area 0.23 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Car park

Policy Designations Area Of Special Local Character, District Centre, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development

Possible Future Use Options Residential Retail Offices Car Park


PTAL Level 4

Comment


S16 – WALLINGTON DELIVERY OFFICE Grosvenor Road, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located within the Wallington SRQ area to the north of the railway line. To the north of the site is the bowling green and residential dwellings. To the west is a mix of offices, shops and Wallington Train Station.

Site Area 0.34 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Delivery Office

Policy Designations Area of Special Local Character, Limit of Sustainable Residential Development

Possible Future Use Options Residential Offices


PTAL Level 4

CommentThe Station Approach site allocation lies adjacent to this proposed site, so could offer opportunities for site assembly and comprehensive redevelopment.


S17 – WALLINGTON TELEPHONE EXCHANGE Melbourne Road, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located within the Wallington District Centre, on the south side of Melbourne Road. To the north of and east of the site are residential houses and to the west of the site are blocks of residential flats, east and west of the site are residential properties. To the south of the site is the railway line.

Site Area 0.17 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Telephone Exchange

Policy Designations Area Of Taller Building Potential Wallington District Centre, District Centre, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development

Possible Future Use Options Residential Town Centre uses


None

PTAL Level 4

Comment


S18 – LAND AT ST ELPHEGES CHURCH Stafford Road, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on Stafford Road, Wallington within the SRQ area and forms the car park of the St Elphege’s RC Church. To the north and west of the site are residential properties. To the south are retail units with residential flats above

Site Area 0.18 ha

Ownership Private



Possible Future Use Options Residential Retail District Centre Uses


PTAL Level 3

Comment


S19 – 75 – 77 WOODCOTE ROAD Woodcote Road, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on Woodcote Road, just to the south of Wallington District Centre. The site comprises two former residential properties currently used as a hostel and a resource ecentre. The developments in the immediate vicinity are largely 3-4 storey flatted developments.

Site Area 0.26 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Resource centre and hostel




Planning application D2015/72606 for demolition of 77 Woodcote Road has been submitted to the council but not yet determined.

PTAL Level 4

Comment


S20 – 19 STANLEY PARK ROAD Stanley Park Road, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the corner of Stanley Park Road and Parkhill Road in Wallington, to the west of the District Centre. The site comprises a former residential carehome that is current vacant.

Site Area 0.11 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Vacant residential care home

Policy Designations Area Of Special Local Character, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development.



Planning application B2015/72359 was refused for demolition and construction of 9 flats

PTAL Level 3

Comment


S21 – WALLINGTON CRUSADER HALL Stanley Park Road, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the corner of Stanley Park Road and Boundary Road to, to the west of the Wallington District Centre. The site is occupied by a community hall and car park. The character of the area is predominately residential

Site Area 0.10 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Community hall


Possible Future Use Options Residential Community hall


PTAL Level 3

Comment


S22 – TRAVIS PERKINS SITE Ross Parade, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located within the Wallington District Centre on Ross Parade and comprises a builder’s merchant and sales buildings. The character of the area reflects the mixed of uses found in a district centre.

Site Area 0.10 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Builders Merchant

Policy DesignationsArea Of Taller Building Potential Wallington District Centre, District Centre, Green Corridor, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development

Possible Future Use Options Residential Retail Other town centre uses


PTAL Level 3

Comment Possibility of combining with adjacent site


S23 – SHOTFIELD CAR PARK Shotfield, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site located in the Wallington Town Centre providing public car parking for the library, offices and shops in the immediate area. The site is accessed from Shotfield for vehicles and with pedestrian access from Woodcote Road. To the north of the site is a church, to the east is Wallington High Street, to the south is a library and to the west is a new care home.

Site Area 0.4 ha

Ownership Council


Policy Designations Area Of Taller Building Potential Wallington District Centre, District Centre, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development

Possible Future Use Options Car park Residential Mix of District Centre uses


PTAL Level 4

Comment


S24 – LAND TO REAR OF 16-18 STANLEY PARK RD Holmwood Gardens, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located to the rear of 16 to 18 Stanley Park Road, within the Wallington SRQ area. The immediate area is predominately residential in character with a day nursery immediate to the south of the site. The site is occupied by a number of small warehouse buildings.

Site Area 0.09 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Warehousing


Possible Future Use Options Residential Employment


None

PTAL Level 4

Comment


S25 – BEACON GROVE High Street, Carshalton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site is located within the Carshalton District Centre. Beacon Grove comprises a mix of shops, offices, residential and cafes, just off of Carshalton High Street.

Site Area 0.39 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Retail, residential, cafes, offices

Policy DesignationsArchaeological Priority Areas, Conservation Area, District Centre, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Primary Shopping Area, Primary Shopping Frontage, Secondary Shopping Frontage.



PTAL Level 3 and 4

Comment Possible opportunity to provide a town centre development more in keeping with the Conservation Area.


S26 – 35-37a HIGH STREET High Street, Carshalton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is a vacant estate agents, located within the Carshalton Village District Centre. To the east of the site is the Charles Cryer Theatre and to the west is Beacon Grove, a mixed of retail units, cafes and residential flats. The character of the area reflects the mixed use nature of a district centre

Site Area 0.13 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Vacant estate agents

Policy DesignationsArchaeological Priority Area, Archaeological Priority Area, Conservation Area, District Centre, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Secondary Shopping Frontage

Possible Future Use Options Retail Offices Other town centre uses Residential


PTAL Level 3

Comment


S27 – LAND TO THE REAR OF CHARLES CRYER High Street, Carshalton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located within the Carshalton Village District Centre to the rear of the Charles Cryer Theatre and Beacon Grove, a mixed of retail units, cafes and residential flats. The character of the area reflects the mixed use nature of a district centre.

Site Area 0.18 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Community

Policy Designations Archaeological Priority Areas, Conservation Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, District Centre.

Possible Future Use Options Community uses Residential


PTAL Level 3

Comment


S28 – STONE COURT OFFICES Mill Lane, Carshalton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on Mill Lane, within the Carshalton Village Conservation Area, the Carshalton Limit of Sustainable Residential Development and the grounds of The Grove Park. To the north of the site is a public house and to the north east are residential dwellings.

Site Area 0.05 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Council offices

Policy Designations Archaeological Priority Area, Conservation Area, Limit of Sustainable Residential Development

Possible Future Use Options Offices Community facilities Residential


PTAL Level 2

Comment Potentially locally listed building


S29 – OLD SCHOOL HOUSE Mill Lane, Carshalton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on Mill Lane, within the Carshalton Village Conservation Area and the Carshalton Limit of Sustainable Residential Development. To the south west of the site is a public house and to the north and west are residential dwellings. The Grove Public park is to the south-east of the site.

Site Area 0.1 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Old school house currently used as offices

Policy Designations Archaeological Priority Area, Conservation Area, Limit of Sustainable Residential Development

Possible Future Use Options Community Residential Offices


PTAL Level 2

Comment This site is a locally listed building.


S30 – 21-25 EWELL ROAD Ewell Road, Cheam

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site, known as Jane Seymour House, is located on the corner of Ewell Road and Ann Boleyn Walk in Cheam District Centre. The building comprises two-storey of office floorspace. The site adjoins the adjacent Anne Boleyn House and is opposite a row of retail properties with residential above.

Site Area 0.09 ha

Ownership Private


Policy Designations Cheam District Centre, Sustainable Residential Quality Area, Conservation Area, Secondary Shopping Frontage


Relevant Planning Permission History Prior Approval A2013/67917 for conversion to 6 flats

PTAL Level 3

Comment


S31 – 40 THE BROADWAY The Broadway, Cheam

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

40 The Broadway is located in Cheam District Centre and consists of a commercial unit on the ground floor and offices above. It is 2-storeys high and is predominately brick built with coloured panelling at the front and parking on the rear.

Site Area 0.15 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Offices, retails, restaurants/café

Policy DesignationsCheam Limit of Sustainable Residential Development, Cheam Village District Centre, Cheam Village Conservation Area, Archaeological Priority Area, Primary Shopping Area.


Relevant Planning Permission History Prior Approval A2013/68476 for conversion to 5 flats

PTAL Level 3

Comment


S32 – PEACHES COURT SPORTS CLUB CAR PARK Peaches Close, Cheam

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site is located on the north side of Peaches Close in the Cheam Village SRQ area. The site is currently used as a car park for the Peaches Court Sports Club.

Site Area 0.18 ha

Ownership Private


Policy Designations Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Urban Green Space

Possible Future Use Options Sports facilities Car park Residential


PTAL Level 3

Comment


S33 – HSS HIRE SITE Malden Road, Cheam

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site is located on Malden Road, Cheam with the SRQ area. The site comprises a tool hire store and vacant land. To the north, west and south of the site are residential dwellings.

Site Area 0.2 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Vacant land and hire store

Policy Designations Archaeological Priority Areas, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development

Possible Future Use Options Retail Residential


None

PTAL Level 3

Comment


S34 – 42-52 MALDEN ROAD Malden Road, Cheam

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on Malden Road with the Cheam Village SRQ area and comprises a petrol garage and small convenience store. The character of the area is mixed, with both houses and flats in the vicinity, along with some retail units and a restaurant. The Cheam Village Conservation Area is located a short distance to the north-east.

Site Area 0.15 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Petrol garage and ancillary store




PTAL Level 3

Comment None


S35 – VICTORIA HOUSE London Road, North Cheam

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site fronts North Cheam crossroads at the centre of North Cheam district centre and is within a mixed area of retail and office uses and recent flatted development. The site comprises Victoria House, an unattractive 1960/70s vacant office block over shops, and the Queen Victoria public house, which is also vacant.

Site Area 0.28 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Vacant offices, shops and public house

Policy Designations North Cheam District Centre, Primary Shopping Frontage, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation



Planning permission A2013/67211 for ground floor retail and 75 flats above

PTAL Level 3

Comment Above scheme has not yet been implemented.


S36 – CHEAM LEISURE CENTRE 316 Malden Road, Cheam

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located between Cheam Village and North Cheam district centres on Malden Road fronting busy bus routes. It is surrounded by interwar housing, which is fairly uniform and cohesive. It is a prominent site located on a significant “A” road. The site is occupied by a leisure centre, surgery, a day centre and a health centre.

Site Area 1.28 ha

Ownership Public

Existing Use Community / Leisure Centre and NHS offices

Policy Designations North Cheam SRQ, Site Allocation

Possible Future Use Options Community and Leisure Residential


PTAL Level 2

CommentIf alternative uses were sought then the leisure provision would need to be relocated so residents in the western part of the borough were served.


S37 – MCMILLAN HOUSE 54-56 Cheam Common Road, Worcester Park

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site a 1950’s purpose built office block situated on the north eastern side of Cheam Common Road. The three storey brick built building is linear in appearance with car parking to the front, accessed via two access points from Cheam Common Road and parking to the rear accessed from Farm Way. The area is predominantly residential in character comprising a range of dwelling types, designs and age with inter war housing and flatted developments dominating. To the south east of the site is North Cheam District Centre which comprises a number of commercial uses.

Site Area 0.45 ha

Ownership Private




Relevant Planning Permission History Prior Approval A2015/71410 for conversion to 46 flats.

PTAL Level 2

Comment Implementation of the prior approval has begun.


S38 - CORNER OF 667-681 LONDON RD COVEY ROAD North Cheam

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site comprises a two storey office building situated on the western side of London Road, North Cheam. The building is located approximately 800m to the north of North Cheam District Centre. To the immediate north of the site there is a garage selling second hand cars. To the immediate south (is residential accommodation (flatted development and semi-detached houses). To the east of the site, there is a mix of uses, including a petrol filling station and an adult education centre

Site Area 0.37 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Council resource centre / offices

Policy Designations Archaeological Priority Area, Limit of Sustainable Residential Development.



PTAL Level 3

Comment


S39 – WILSONS VAN CENTRE London Road, North Cheam

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is the ‘Wilson Van Centre’ on the east side of London Road in North Cheam. The surrounding area is residential in character with houses to the north and south of the site, and a block of flats to the southeast of the site. Opposite the site is the St Cecilias RC Primary School. The two buildings run along the east of the site (on the boundary line) between the block of flats in ‘Allerton Court’ and the maisonettes at ‘Beechmore Gardens’.

Site Area 0.18 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Van hire

Policy Designations Archaeological Priority Area



PTAL Level 2

Comment Any redevelopment would be subject ot the relocation of the existing business


S40 – PETROL GARAGE SITE 688 London Road, North Cheam

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is a petrol garage and small convenience store located to the north-east of the North Cheam District Centre, within its SRQ area. To the east of the site lie residential dwellings. To the west lies a car showroom and to the south

Site Area 0.3 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Petrol Garage and convenience store




PTAL Level 3

Comment


S41 – CO-OP SUPERMARKET SITE Wrythe Lane, Rosehill

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the corner of Wrythe Lane and Rosehill Roundabout. The site comprises a co-op supermarket and associated car parking. To the north of site are residential properties and to the east and south are mixed use properties with ground floor retail and residential above.

Site Area 0.43 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Supermarket and associated car parking.

Policy Designations

Area Of Special Local Character, Area Of Taller Building Potential Rosehill District Centre, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, District Centre, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Secondary Shopping Frontage

Possible Future Use Options Supermarket Residential


PTAL Level 1b and 2

Comment Site offers an opportunity for intensification


S42 – REAR OF ROSEHILL SHOPS Wrythe Lane, Rosehill

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located within the Rosehill District Centre and comprises residential garages and service areas for the shop and the supermarket. The adjacent site at Morrisons is also a proposed allocation so could offer opportunities for wider redevelopment

Site Area 0.25 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Garages and services

Policy DesignationsArea Of Special Local Character, Area Of Taller Building Potential Rosehill District Centre, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, District Centre, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area


Relevant PlanningPermission History None

PTAL Level 3

Comment Possibility of combining with adjacent Co-Op site


S43 – 104 to 106 ROSE HILL Rose Hill, Rosehill

NOT TO SCALE


Site Description

The site is located within the Rosehill District Centre, adjacent to the open space at Rosehill Park east. To the north of the site is a retail unit with residential flats and to the east as two-storey houses.

Site Area 0.1 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Retail and residential

Policy DesignationsDecentralised Energy Opportunity Area, District Centre, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Metropolitan Green Chain, Metropolitan Open Land, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Public Open Space, Secondary Shopping Frontage



PTAL Level 3

Comment


S44 – LIBRARY CAR PARK Stone Place, Worcester Park

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located in Stone Place, Worcester Park. Stone Place is located behind the main shopping frontage of Worcester Park with a vehicular access to both Central Road and Windsor Road. The character reflects the mixed use nature of a district centre

Site Area 0.28 ha

Ownership Council


Policy DesignationsArea Of Taller Building Potential Worcester Park District Centre, District Centre, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Primary Shopping Area



PTAL Level 3

Comment Replacement car parking would be needed


S45 – LYNWOOD DRIVE Central Road, Worcester Park

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located to the rear of Worcester Park High Street and is accessed from Stone Place. The site comprises a dentist surgery and a car park. Residential properties are located to the south-west of the site. The character of the area reflects the uses of a district centre

Site Area 0.13 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Car Park and dentist surgery

Policy DesignationsArea Of Taller Building Potential Worcester Park District Centre, Areas At Risk Of Flooding, District Centre, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Secondary Shopping Frontage



PTAL Level 3

Comment Replacement car parking would be needed


S46 – 165-181 CENTRAL ROAD Central Road, Worcester Park

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the south-western side of Central Road at its junction with Lynwood Drive. The site is mixed in character including Retail, offices, residential, public house, open space of 2/3 stories.

Site Area 0.44 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Retail, offices, residential, public house, open space

Policy DesignationsArea Of Taller Building Potential Worcester Park District Centre, Areas At Risk Of Flooding, District Centre, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Secondary Shopping Frontage


Retail Offices Residential Open space Other town centre uses


PTAL Level 3

Comment


S47 – 1-9 WINDSOR AVENUE Windsor Avenue, Worcester Park

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the corner of Windsor Avenue and Central Road, Worcester Park. The site comprises a mix of retail, offices and residential flats above. The character of the area reflects the mix of uses that are found in a district centre.

Site Area 0.1 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Retail, offices and residential




Planning permission A2014/70583 for new second and third floor to provide additional residential accommodation

PTAL Level 1b and 2

Comment Site offers an opportunity for intensification


S48 – TELEPHONE EXCHANGE Longfellow Road, Worcester Park

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located between Green Land and Longfellow Road in Worcester Park, to the rear of the High Street. The site comprises a telephone exchange, post office and a sorting office. To the north of the site are predominately residential dwellings. To the south of the site are 3 storey buildings with predominately ground floor retail and residential units above.

Site Area 0.36 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Telephone Exchange and post office sorting depot

Policy DesignationsArea Of Special Local Character, Area Of Taller Building Potential Worcester Park District Centre, Areas At Risk Of Flooding, District Centre, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Primary Shopping Area



PTAL Level 1b and 2

Comment


S49 – STONEPLACE CAR PARK Stone Place, Worcester Park

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located in Stone Place, Worcester Park. Stone Place is located behind the main shopping frontage of Worcester Park with a vehicular access to both Central Road and Windsor Road. The character reflects the mixed use nature of a district centre

Site Area 0.27 ha

Ownership Council



Possible Future Use Options Residential Car parking


PTAL Level 3

Comment The car parking would need to be re-provide in any redevelopment proposals


S50 – SCOUT HUT Braemar Road, Worcester Park

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

Site is located off of Braemar Road in the Worcester Park SRQ area. The site is occupied by a scout hut and associated open space to the rear. The character of the area is predominately residential.

Site Area 0.6 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Scout Hall

Policy Designations Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development

Possible Future Use Options Community facilities Residential


PTAL Level 2

Comment


S51 – HAREDON HOUSE SITE London Road, Stonecot

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located at the junction of London Road and Gander Green Lane and opposite St Anthony’s Hospital. It is surrounded by inter-war housing. However, the character of London Road is more mixed. This is a prominent site located on a significant “A” road. The site is occupied by a large office building, which is currently vacant.

Site Area 0.46 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Vacant offices

Policy Designations Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation



The site has Prior Approval A2014/68725 for 41 flats. A planning application has been submitted to create an additional 65 residential units.

PTAL Level 2

Comment The above Prior Approval has been implemented. The planning application has yet to be determined.


S52 – COUNCIL OFFICES Denmark Road, Carshalton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located within a predominantly residential area of mixed character, next to Carshalton College and in close proximity to Carshalton railway station. Although the character is suburban, a number of larger semidetached houses have recently been redeveloped as blocks of flats. The site is currently used as offices by the London Borough of Sutton.

Site Area 0.4 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Council offices


Possible Future Use Options Residential Primary School


None. The adjacent site at Carshalton College has planning permission for a Care Home.

PTAL Level 3

Comment A Planning Brief SPD has been prepared that covers this site and the adjacent college site.


S53 – COUNCIL CAR PARK Denmark Road, Carshalton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located within a predominantly residential area, next to Carshalton College and in close proximity to Carshalton railway station. The surrounding housing is mixed and includes inter-war housing, more modern development and flatted development which has replaced semi-detached housing. The site is currently used as a car park for staff at the nearby council offices.

Site Area 0.4 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Council car park


Possible Future Use Options Residential Primary School


PTAL Level 3

Comment


S54 – TRADING ESTATE & GAS HOLDER Plumpton Way, The Wrythe

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located near the Wrythe Green local centre on a significant “B” road. It is bounded by terraced housing to the north-east and east. There are larger residential units to the west and south. The site also adjoins a surgery and school playing fields. The site is occupied by small business units to the west and north, and a gasholder to the south.

Site Area 0.7 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Industry / Gas holder


Possible Future Use Options Industry


Prior Approval C2013/67867 granted for the demolition of the redundant gas holder has been granted but not yet implemented.

PTAL Level 3

Comment None


S55 – ST HELIER HOSPITAL Wrythe Lane, Rosehill

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the edge of Rosehill district centre, adjacent to Metropolitan Open Land, Urban Green Space, a Metropolitan Green Chain and a Site of Importance for Nature Conservation. The site is covered by a large hospital with buildings dating from various periods and auxiliary land uses related to the main hospital use, including substantial areas of car parking.

Site Area 5.8ha

Ownership Council.

Existing Use Health

Policy Designations Rosehill SRQ, Land safeguarded for a Tramlink extension, Site Allocation

Possible Future Use Options Health


Outline planning permission (C2009/62093) granted for the demolition of Ferguson House and the erection of a new building of 24,000 sq m to provide replacement hospital wards, out-patients accommodation and a local care centre for the PCT together with a separate multi-storey car park.

PTAL Level 1b and 2

Comment The land is leased to Epsom and St Helier University Hospitals NHS Trust.


S56 – WANDLE VALLEY TRADING ESTATE Mill Green Road, Hackbridge

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site lies on the northern edge of the Hackbridge Sustainable Area. A branch of the River Wandle runs through the trading estate. The site is adjacent to three listed buildings to the east and to a Site of Importance for Nature Conservation (SINC) to the south. It has three vehicular access points from Mill Green Road. It is currently occupied by a number of different businesses.

Site Area 2.6 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Vacant industry land

Policy DesignationsArchaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation, Area at Risk of Flooding, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Wandle Valley Regional Park, Priority Community Regeneration Area. Listed Buildings

Possible Future Use Options Residential Employment / Industry Open Space


Planning permission C2013/68191 for 124 residential dwellings, B1 employment units and open space.

PTAL Level 1a and 1b

Comment The planning permission has not yet been implemented but the site has been cleared


S57 – MILL GREEN BUSINESS PARK Mill Green Road, Hackbridge

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is a three storey U-shaped office building located on the southern side of Mill Green Road. To the west of the site is the Wandle Valley Trading Estate, an existing site allocation, and is adjoined to the south by allotments. To the east of the site lie residential dwellings.

Site Area 0.4 ha

Ownership Private


Policy DesignationsPriority Community Regeneration Area, a Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, an Area of Archaeological Interest, an Established Industrial Location and a Flood Zone


Relevant Planning Permission History Prior Approval B2014/70678 for conversion to 48 flats.

PTAL Level 1b

Comment


S58 – ALL SAINTS ROAD Benhill Wood Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is in a residential area to the north of Sutton town centre. The site is currently occupied by a meeting hall, which the owners wish to relocate to another site within the Borough, its associated car parking and a private dwelling.

Site Area 0.5 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Dwelling, hall and car park

Policy Designations Site Allocation

Possible Future Use Options Residential Hall


Planning application B2007/58709 for the erection of a three-storey building to provide a 26-bed nursing home and 14 three-, four- and five bedroom houses with associated parking and the formation of new accesses was refused by the Council.

PTAL Level 2 and 3

Comment The hall has been relocated to the former BIBRA site.


S59 – FORMER BIBRA SITE Woodmansterne Road, Carhsalton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site, which is a former medical research facility, is in the Green Belt. It is adjacent to the former Orchard Hill Hospital redevelopment and a relatively recently built housing estate.

Site Area 6.7 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Community / Faith Hall

Policy Designations Former Medical Research Centre

Possible Future Use Options Community Residential

Relevant PlanningPermission History Planning permission C2014/70550 for 70-bedroomed carehome

PTAL Level 1a

Comment None


S60– SUTTON UNITED FOOTBALL CLUB Gander Green Lane, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site lies to the north-west of Sutton town centre. It is within Collingwood Recreation Ground and is bounded by a railway line to the south. The site comprises a football ground with stands, a car park and unkempt areas around the stadium.

Site Area 2.4 ha

Ownership Council (leased to Sutton United FC)

Existing Use Football ground and associated car park

Policy Designations Urban Green Space, partly within the Sutton SRQ, Site Allocation

Possible Future Use Options Sports ground and community facilities


PTAL Level 2

Comment None


S61 – LAND TO REAR OF 107 WESTMEAD RD Westmead Road, Carshalton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located to the east of Sutton town centre, fronting Westmead Road local centre and within an established residential area. The site has a largely open frontage to Westmead Road and is currently a self-storage facility. It is bounded by housing on three sides.

Site Area 0.46 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Industry: storage warehouse




Planning application C2011/64918 was granted for 30 houses and retail, subject to the signing of a S106 agreement which is still outstanding.

PTAL Level 1b and 2

Comment None


S62 – ALLEN HOUSE 1 Westmead Road, Carshalton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site currently comprises of a two storey office block. It forms a triangular shape located between Westmead Road and the railway line which runs directly behind the site. Immediately adjacent to the site is 2 Westmead Road which is a semi-detached property containing two flats.

Site Area 0.042 ha

Ownership Private


Policy Designations The site is within a Green Chain and a Archaeological

Possible Future Use Options Residential Offices

Relevant Planning Permission History Prior Approval C2013/68319 for conversion to 10 flats

PTAL Level 2

Comment


S63 – WADDON HOUSE 283 Stafford Road, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located within a Strategic Industrial Location on the southern side of Stafford Road at its junction with Kings Way. It is occupied by a 9 storey office building with associated surface level car parking, servicing and landscaped areas. The southern side of Stafford Road around the site comprises a series of industrial buildings that form part of the Imperial Way Strategic Industrial Estate. The northern side of Stafford Road is more domestic in character comprising two storey buildings in the form of terraced residential units and a local shopping parade.

Site Area 0.34 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Offices and associated car park

Policy Designations Archaeological Priority Areas and Strategic Industrial Location

Possible Future Use Options Offices Residential Industry

Relevant Planning Permission History Prior Approval D2013/68107 for converison to 87 flats

PTAL Level 3

Comment Implementation of the above prior approval has started.


S64 – UNICOL HOUSE 819-831 London Road, Stonecot

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The building forming 819 London Road is located on the north western side of London Road (A24) in an area of mixed uses. The building is set back from but fronts London Road close to its junction with Trafalgar Avenue. To the north is the Lord Nelson Public House. The site covers a broadly rectangular plot on which there is a four storey office building and car parking. Some of the parking is provided at lower ground level in an under croft under the building. The site accessed via London Road.

Site Area 0.36 ha

Ownership Private





Prior Approval A2014/69839 for conversion to 51 flats. A second subsequent prior approval for 79 flats has been submitted but not determined.

PTAL Level 2

Comment None.


S65 – AULTONE WAY ALLOTMENTS Aultone Way, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located within a predominantly residential area north of the centre of Sutton and the east of the A217 Reigate Avenue. The site is boarded by residential housing fronting Woodend to the west, Greenhill to the east and Aultone Way to the north.

Site Area 0.8 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Former allotments / open space

Policy Designations Conservation Area, Urban Green Space, Tree Preservation Order(s)

Possible Future Use Options Urban Green Space Allotments


Planning application for B1998/43777 for residential redevelopment was refused.

PTAL Level 1a & 2

Comment

The site was suggested as a site during the preparation of the Site Development Policies DPD but did not proceed beyond Preferred Options. This site was a ‘Call for Sites’ submission. Inclusion here does not necessarily mean the council agrees with the suggested use, but has been included for the purposes of consultation.


S66 – GARAGES RADCLIFFE GARDENS Radcliffe Gardens, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE


Site Description

The site is occupied by garages. To the west of the site is the Barrow Hedges Primary School. To the south of the site are residential flats, to which the garages belong, and residential dwelling houses to the east. There are a number of mature trees in the locality.

Site Area 0.11 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Garages

Policy Designations Locally Important Geological Site

Possible Future Use Options Residential Garages


PTAL Level 2

Comment


S67 – RICHMOND GREEN Richmond Green, Beddington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is occupied by council owned bungalows in the Beddington Village Conservation Area The areas is predominately residential in character, with the River Wandle to the south of the site. Major subsidence issues have been identified in the existing bungalows that are beyond reasonable economic repair.

Site Area 0.48 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Council housing

Policy Designations Archaeological Priority Areas, Areas at Risk of Flooding, Conservation Area, Green Corridor



PTAL Level 1a

Comment The site is located adjacent to a SINC.


S68 – ASSEMBLY WALK Off of Green Wrythe Lane

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site is located to the south of the Middleton Circle local centre and is currently occupied by residential garages and a chapel. The site is bound by residential gardens,

Site Area 0.21 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Garages and chapel

Policy Designations Area of Special Local Character, Priority Community Regeneration

Possible Future Use Options Residential Chapel Community facility


PTAL Level 2

Comment


S69 – FORMER CENTURY YOUTH CENTRE Fellowes Road, The Wrythe

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on Fellowes Road and is occupied by a former youth centre and a sport court that is now vacant. The area is predominately residential in character with the Muschamp Primary School located to the rear of the hardstanding court in the north and allotments to the south.

Site Area 0.35 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Former youth centre




PTAL Level 2

Comment


S70 – WAREHOUSE RIDGE ROAD Ridge Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on Ridge Road to the south of the Stonecot Hill local Centre. The site is currently occupied by a warehouse. To the west of the site is a car repair garage, to the north, west and south are residential dwellings.

Site Area 0.06 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Warehouse

Policy Designations None

Possible Future Use Options Employment Residential


PTAL Level 2

Comment The site is very narrow and unlikely to yield a significant number of residential units.


S71 – CAMPERDOWN HOUSE 2A Hawthorn Road, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on Hawthorn Road, Wallington, just to the south of the District Centre. The site is occupied by shared housing with support for people with learning disabilities. The western part of the site is under construction for additional flats for people with learning difficulties. The predominate character of the area is residential

Site Area 0.13 ha

Ownership Housing Association


Policy Designations Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development



Planning permission D2014/69920 for 12 self contained flats for people with learning difficulties

PTAL PTAL 3

Comment


S72 – WALTHAM ROAD DEPOT Waltham Road, The Wrythe

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site is located to the rear of Waltham Road, comprising a former council depot and residential garages. The area surrounding the site is residential in character.

Site Area 0.12 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Former council depot and residential garages.




PTAL Level 2

Comment The site has limited access


S73 – HILL HOUSE SITE Bishopsford Road, St Helier

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located in St Helier and fronts Bishopsford Road. The site is predominately open in character with a small community centre located to the south of the site. An ambulance station lies to the west of the site and residential properties lie to the south and east. The building on site is listed.

Site Area 1.05 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Community centre and green space

Policy DesignationsArea of Special Local Character, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area

Possible Future Use Options Community uses Residential


PTAL Level 1b

Comment Possibility of combining with proposed site to the south, currently occupied by an ambulance station.


S74 – PINE WALK GARDEN LAND Pine Walk, Carshalton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site located in to the rear of 35 to 49 Pine Walk in Carshalton South. To the south of the site is the Oaks Golf Course. The character of the area is low density residential dwellings.

Site Area 0.95 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Residential garden land

Policy Designations Area of Special Local Character, Locally Important Geological Sites



PTAL Level

Comment

Planning permission C1999/44003 for residential dwellings was refused and dismissed on appeal.

This site was a ‘Call for Sites’ submission. Inclusion here does not necessarily mean the council agrees with the suggested use, but has been included for the purposes of consultation.


S75 – WOODCOTE GROVE HOUSE Carshalton South and Clockhouse

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site is located in the south of the borough within the Greenbelt. At present the buildings on site are used as a residential care home.

Site Area 16.49 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Residential carehome

Policy Designations Archaeological Priority Area, Metropolitan Green Belt, Site of Importance for Nature Conservation

Possible Future Use Options Residential care home


Planning permission C2012/66833 as granted for a 51-bed care home.

PTAL Level 0

Comment

The site is located within the green belt and was not identified for any releases following the Green Belt review.



S76– LAND TO WEST OF BEDDINGTON LANE (A) Beddington Lane

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located to the west of Beddington Lane off of the Coomber Way roundabout. The access round to the site of the proposed ERF runs through the site. To the east of the site is the Beddington Strategic Industrial Area.

Site Area 4.4 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Open space

Policy DesignationsArchaeological Priority Area, Metropolitan Green Chains, Metropolitan Open Land, Site Of Importance For Nature Conservation

Possible Future Use Options Open Space Employment


PTAL Level 1b

Comment

The site has been identified as a Metropolitan Open Land release in the ‘Green Belt and MOL’ review, which forms part of the evidence base of this consultation document.



S77 – LAND WEST OF BEDDINGTON LANE (B) Beddington North

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located to the west of Beddington Lane, opposite the Coomber Way roundabout. To the immediate west of the site the land has planning permission for an Energy Recovery Facility, now under construction. The access road for this facility will run to the north of this site. To the east is the Beddington Strategic Industrial Location.

Site Area 2.02 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Vacant land

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Areas, Industrial Areas With Sites Suitable For Waste Facilities, Metropolitan Green Chains, Metropolitan Open Land, Site Of Importance For Nature Conservation, Strategic Industrial Location, Wandle Valley Regional Park

Possible Future Use Options Open space Industrial / employment


PTAL Level 1b

Comment

Site has been identified through the Green Belt and MOL Review as a potential release. This site was a ‘Call for Sites’ submission. Inclusion here does not necessarily mean the council agrees with the suggested use, but has been included for the purposes of consultation.


S78 – LAND AT JESSOPS WAY Jessops Way, Beddington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on Jessops Way, just off of Beddington Lane. The site is mainly used as a go-karting race track. To the south of the site is the Beddington Farmlands. To the west is the Beddington Strategic Industrial Loation

Site Area 4.2 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Go Kart Race Tack and ancillary buildings

Policy DesignationsArchaeological Priority Areas, Metropolitan Green Chains, Metropolitan Open Land, Site Of Importance For Nature Conservation, Strategic Industrial Location, Wandle Valley Regional Park

Possible Future Use Options Race track Industry


PTAL Level 2

Comment The is Metropolitan Open Land and was not identified as a potential release in the Green Belt and MOL review


S79 – LOWER PILLORY DOWN 73 Lower Pillory Down, Little Woodcoten

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site is located on Lower Pillory Down Little Woodcote, in the Green Belt. The site comprises commercial nursery and open space. The character of the area is open.

Site Area 2.37 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Agriculture and open space/green belt

Policy Designations Green Belt Agriculture

Possible Future Use Options Agriculture Residential


PTAL Level 0



S80 – CARSHALTON SOCIAL CLUB North Street , Carshalton

NOT TO SCALE NORTH This map is based on Ordnance Survey material with the permission of Ordnance Survey on behalf of the Controller of Her Majesty’s Stationery Office © Crown copyright. Unauthorised reproduction infringes Crown copyright and may lead to prosecution or civil proceedings 100008655X 2015

Site Description

The site is located on North Street in Carshalton, to the north of the station entrance. The site is occupied by a two storey building used as a social club. To the north of the site is the railway line, and to the east are residential dwellings. To the south of the site is a vacant office that has prior approval for conversion.

Site Area 0.09 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Social club

Policy Designations Archaeological Priority Areas, Area Of Taller Building Potential Carshalton District Centre

Possible Future Use Options Residential Community facility


None

PTAL Level 1b and 2

Comment


S81 – 57 MONTAGU GARDENS Montagu Gardens, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

57 Montagu Gardens, 1930s former children’s home located in Wallington. The site is located on a spacious corner plot at the junction of Montagu Road and Rectory Lane adjacent to the Bute Road Estate Area of Special Local Character. The area is residential in character.

Site Area 0.16 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Former Centre for the council’s Youth Offender Team.




Planning permission D2014/70119 for conversion of the property to 13 flats.

PTAL Level 1b

Comment The site is located immediately adjacent to the Bute Road ASLC


S82 – AMBULANCE STATION Harrow Road, Carshalton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The site is located on Harrow Road, in Carshalton. To the rear of the site is the railway line. The site comprises an ambulance station and some small associated buildings.

Site Area 0.09 ha

Ownership Public

Existing Use Ambulance station

Policy Designations Locally Important Geological Site

Possible Future Use Options Residential Community


PTAL Level 1b

Comment None


S83 – STONECOT HILL CAR WASH Sutton Common Road, Stonecot

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is in the Stonecot Hill Local Centre on the corner of Sutton Common Road and Epsom Road. The site is a former petrol garage currently being used as a car wash. To the east of the site is a purpose built care home and on the south side of Sutton Common Road is a food store currently under construction.

Site Area 0.13 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Car wash

Policy Designations Archaeological Priority Areas



PTAL Level 2

Comment None


S84 – GRACE COURT SITE Brighton Road, Belmont

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is at the junction of Brighton Road and Homeland Drive in a residential area south of Sutton Town Centre. The existing block forms a horse shoe around a garden to lawn with some mature trees. There are also mature trees on adjacent plots to the north and west boundaries as well as a line of mature trees shielding the site from Brighton Road on the eastern boundary with Sutton Lodge a Grade II listed building lying across the road.

Site Area 0.28 ha

Ownership Housing Association

Existing Use Social housing

Policy Designations Priority Community Regeneration Area



Planning permission B2015/71623 for a 50 unit sheltered housing scheme

PTAL Level 2

Comment


S85 – FORMER HENDERSON HOSPITAL Homeland Drive, Belmont

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The application site is situated within a corner location enclosed by Kingswood Drive to the east and Homeland Drive and Moore Way to the south. Sinclair Drive and Courtenay Avenue are located to the north and west of the site. The site comprises Henderson Hospital which was previously in by NHS Trust To the north of the site are properties within Sinclair Drive comprising three storey terraced houses and further to the north is Overton Park Recreational Ground. To the west of the site are properties within Courtenay Avenue which are also three storey terraced houses. The area is predominantly residential in character containing a mixture of flats, terraced, detached and semi-detached dwellings.

Site Area 0.52 ha

Ownership NHS

Existing Use Former hospital site now vacant

Policy Designations Tree Preservation Order

Possible Future Use Options Health Residential

Relevant PlanningPermission History

Planning permission B2013/68157 for a doctor’s surgery and housing

PTAL Level 1b

Comment


S86 – HILLCREST HALL The Mount, Carshalton Clockhouse

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located at the corner of the Mount and Fryston Avenue in Carshalton Clockhouse. The site is occupied by a community hall. The character of the area is predominately residential, with a local centre located just to the north.

Site Area 0.18 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Community hall


Possible Future Use Options Residential Community hall


PTAL Level 1b

Comment


S87 – LAND NORTH OF KIMPTON PARK WAY Kimpton Park Way, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located near the Kimpton Strategic Industrial Location in West Sutton, adjacent to Sutton Cemetery and the Kimpton Linear Park. The properties to the east of Oldfield’s Road, opposite the site, are residential dwellings. A large supermarket lies a short distance to the south.

Site Area 0.94 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Vacant land

Policy Designations Land Safeguarded For Burial Space, Metropolitan Green Chains, Metropolitan Open Land, Public Open Space

Possible Future Use Options Burial space Gypsy and Traveller site Open space


PTAL Level 2

Comment


S88 – SHANKLIN ESTATE Brighton Road, Belmont

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The Shanklin Estate includes 430 dwellings which comprise mainly flats with some houses in a variety of two, three and four storey buildings. The houses and flats are predominantly socially rented although a small number have been bought through right to buy. To the west of the site is the Sutton to Belmont railway line and beyond this is the Belmont Heights housing development. On the opposite side of Brighton Road to the east of the site is ‘The Chilterns’ housing development and Sutton Hospital. Belmont railway station is some 300m to the south of the site with Sutton Town Centre some 1.2km to the north of the site.

Site Area 4.4 ha



Policy Designations Priority Community Regeneration Area

Possible Future Use Options Residential Primary school


PTAL Level 1b

Comment Site may offer opportunities for neighbourhood regeneration.


S89 – 224 SUTTON COMMON ROAD Reigate Avenue, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the corner of Reigate Avenue and Sutton Common, comprising a restaurant and pub, associated car parking and some vacant land. The site adjoins Glenthorne High School to the north and its playing fields to the north east. To the south of the site are two storey residential dwellings. To the west is the Sutton Life Centre.

Site Area 0.42 ha

Ownership Private

Existing Use Restaurant and public house


Possible Future Use Options Residential Hotel Restaurant


Planning permission A2005/55164 was granted for 24 bedroom hotel but was never implemented/.

PTAL Level 2

Comment


S90 – LAND TO WEST OF CARSHALTON ALTHELITC Colston Avenue

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located adjacent to Carshalton Athletic Football ground to the north of Colston Avenue, Carshalton. To the west of the site are residential properties on Mead Crescent. To the south are allotments. The site is occupied by a number of trees.

Site Area 0.93 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Open space

Policy Designations Archaeological Priority Area, Urban Green Space

Possible Future Use Options Allotments Open space


PTAL Level 2 and 3

Comment


S91 – AMBULANCE STATION SITE Bishopsford Road, St Helier

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on Bolton Drive, accessed from Bishopsford Road, Rosehill. The site is occupied by an ambulance station. The south of the site are residential dwellings. The Rosehill District Centre lies to the south-west.

Site Area 0.34 ha

Ownership Public

Existing Use Ambulance Station

Policy DesignationsArea Of Special Local Character, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area

Possible Future Use Options Community Residential


None

PTAL Level 3

Comment Redevelopment would be subject to relocating the ambulance station.


S92 – PART OF ROSEHILL RECREATION GROUND Rose Hill, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is situated just north of Sutton Town Centre and south of Rosehill. The site is occupied by vacant tennis courts. To the south of the site are residential dwellings, to the west is Reigate Avenue. To the north of the site is the open space of Rosehill Hill Recreation Ground.

Site Area 1.8 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Tennis courts

Policy DesignationsAreas At Risk Of Flooding, Areas At Risk Of Flooding, Metropolitan Green Chains, Metropolitan Open Land, Public Open Space, Site Of Importance For Nature Conservation, Wandle Valley Regional Park

Possible Future Use Options Primary School Secondary School Leisure facilities


PTAL Level 1b and 2

Comment Site has been identified through the Green Belt and MOL Review as a potential release.


S93 – REIGATE AVENUE RECREATION GROUND Reigate Avenue, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the Reigate Avenue recreation ground which is used for informal recreation and school playing fields. Adjacent to the site is Glenthorne High School and the railway line is located to the east. To the south of the site is Reigate Avenue and to the north is Forrest Road, a residential street.

Site Area 0.38 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Metropolitan Open Land / School Playing Fields

Policy Designations Metropolitan Open Land

Possible Future Use Options Open space uses Sports facilities


None

PTAL Level 1b and 2



S94 – LAND AT END OF HANNIBAL WAY Hannibal Way, Beddington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the eastern boundary of the borough, between Roundshaw Park and Imperial Way Strategic Industrial Location (in Croydon). The site is currently occupied by a sports pavilion (which has had its lease renewed on a short-term basis) and some vacant land used for parking. To the north, there are industrial units. To the east, there is the Virgin Active Health Club. To the south and east, there are the playing fields and public open space of Roundshaw Park

Site Area 0.31 ha

Ownership Council with a short term private lease

Existing Use Sports pavilion

Policy DesignationsSouth Beddington Priority Community Regeneration Area but, adjacent to Metropolitan Open Land, Public Open Space and a Metropolitan Green Chain.

Possible Future Use Options Gypsy and Traveller Sports facility


PTAL Level 1b and 2

Comment


S95 – SURREY TENNIS AND COUNTRY CLUB Hannibal Way

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located to the west of Hannibal Way, South Bedddington, adjacent to the open space at Roundshaw Downs. The parcel of land was originally part of the wider Roundshaw/ Croydon Airport. To the north are Virgin Active Gym

Site Area 1.7 ha

Ownership Council with a long term private lease

Existing Use Tennis courts, parking and a leisure facility building

Policy Designations Metropolitan Green Chain, Metropolitan Open Land and Public Open Space

Possible Future Use Options Industry Leisure Open Space


PTAL Level 1b and 2



S96 – LAND WEST OF WELLFIELD GARDENS Woodmansterne Rd, Carshalton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site located in the western part of the Woodcote Green Belt in Carshalton South, to the east of Woodmansterne Road. To the north-east of the site is the new Stanley Park High School, constructed on the site of the former Orchard Hill Hospital. To south of the site is the former BIBRA research facility and a community hall/place of worship

Site Area 3.85 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Open space / vacant land

Policy Designations Metropolitan Green Belt

Possible Future Use Options Open space Residential family housing


PTAL Level



S97 – FORMER PLAYING FIELDS Sheen Way, Wallington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is located on the eastern boundary of the Borough, adjacent to an industrial area in Croydon. The site is bounded by a railway to the north and is in a predominantly inter-war residential area. The site originally formed part of the playing fields for the former Highview Secondary School but it has been fenced off and has not been used for that purpose for over ten years.

Site Area 2.5 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Vacant land with de facto public access

Policy Designations Site Allocation, Green Corridor, Urban Green Space, Archaeological Priority Area

Possible Future Use Options Open Space Residential SEN School


PTAL Level 2 and 3

Comment Site is currently safeguarded for a primary school until 2015 and allocated for open space and residential.


S98 – TENNIS CENTRE ROSEHILL RECREATION GROUND Rose Hill, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site is situated just north of Sutton Town Centre and south of Rosehill. The site is occupied by vacant tennis courts. To the south of the site are residential dwellings, to the west is Reigate avenue. To the north of the site is the open space of Rosehill Hill Recreation Ground.

Site Area 2.67 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Tennis centre

Policy Designations

Areas At Risk Of Flooding, Metropolitan Green Chains, Metropolitan Open Land, Public Open Space, Site Of Importance For Nature Conservation, Wandle Valley Regional Park, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development

Possible Future Use Options Primary School Secondary School Tennis Centre / leisure facilities


PTAL Level 1b and 2

Comment


S99 – COLLINGWOOD RECREATION GROUND Collingwood Road, Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site lies to the north of Sutton United Football Club, Collingwood Road and Gander Green Lane. To the north of the site are the Collingwood Road allotments. The surrounding roads are predominately residential.

Site Area 6.7 ha

Ownership Council

Existing Use Recreational ground / open space

Policy DesignationsDecentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Metropolitan Green Chains, Public Open Space, Urban Green Space

Possible Future Use Options Primary School Secondary School


PTAL Level 2

Comment None


S100 – ROAD IMPROVEMENT SCHEME, BEDDINGTON LANE Beddington

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The development scheme involves land along the edge of Beddington Lane (B272) from the junction of Derry Road to the tram stop by Brookmead Road. Beddington Lane serves the Beddington Strategic Industrial Location.

Site Area 0.5 ha


Existing Use Road, footpath, verge, industrial, residential, retail and vacant land.

Policy Designations Site Allocation, Strategic Industrial Location

Possible Future Use Options Road Improvement Scheme


PTAL Level 1 to 2

Comment


S101 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEME, CARSHALTON DISTRICT CENTRE

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description

The site comprises three junctions in and around Carshalton district centre which will provide an alternative route for heavy goods vehicles travelling though Carshalton. There will be landtake from the curtilages of two properties.

Site Area : 0.01ha


Existing Use Transport and Residential.

Policy Designations Carshalton Village Conservation Area, Site Allocation

Possible Future Use Options Traffic Management Scheme


PTAL Level 3

Comment


S102 – BURNELL RD/ LEWIS RD TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEME Sutton

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description This is a traffic management scheme for diverted traffic in the north of Sutton High Street. The traffic would be diverted along Burnell Road and then Lewis Road.

Site Area n/a

Ownership Council

Existing Use Road

Policy Designations

Archaeological Priority Areas, Central Setting Sutton TC, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Sutton Town Centre Boundary

Possible Future Use Options Road Improvement Scheme


PTAL Level 4

Comment


S103 – GROVE RD / BRIGHTON ROAD LINK Sutton Town Centre

NOT TO SCALE

NORTH


Site Description The scheme is a proposed new road link from Grove Road to Brighton Road, in the south of Sutton Town Centre, opposite the Station.

Site Area n/a

Ownership Private

Existing Use Retail, hall, railway line

Policy Designations

Area Of Taller Building Potential Sutton Town Centre, Central Setting Sutton TC, Conservation Area, Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area, Indicative Road Link, Limit Of Sustainable Residential Development, Priority Community Regeneration Area, Quarters In Sutton Town Centre, Sutton Town Centre Boundary

Possible Future Use Options New road link


PTAL Level 6a

Comment The new road link would involve the demolition of existing buildings.


Chapter 5 – Glossary of Terms

Affordable Housing: Social rented, affordable rented and intermediate housing, provided to eligible households whose needs are not met by the market. Eligibility is determined with regard to local incomes and local house prices. Affordable housing should include provisions to remain at an affordable price for future eligible households or for the subsidy to be recycled for alternative affordable housing provision. Social rented housing is owned by local authorities and private registered providers (as defined in section 80 of the Housing and Regeneration Act 2008), for which guideline target rents are determined through the national rent regime. It may also be owned by other persons and provided under equivalent rental arrangements to the above, as agreed with the local authority or with the Greater London Authority Housing and Land Directorate. Affordable rented housing is let by local authorities or private registered providers of social housing to households who are eligible for social rented housing. Affordable Rent is subject to rent controls that require a rent of no more than 80% of the local market rent (including service charges, where applicable). Intermediate housing is homes for sale and rent provided at a cost above social rent, but below market levels subject to the criteria in the Affordable Housing definition above. These can include shared equity (shared ownership and equity loans), other low cost homes for sale and intermediate rent, but not affordable rented housing. Homes that do not meet the above definition of affordable housing, such as “low cost market” housing, may not be considered as affordable housing for planning purposes Agricultural Land: For the purposes of this document, agricultural land is defined as the Woodcote Green Belt, which is classified as Best and Most Versatile Land in the Agricultural Land Classification


Air Quality Management Area: Areas designated by local authorities because they are not likely to achieve national air quality objectives by the relevant deadlines. The whole of the borough is designated an AQMA Area of Potential Intensification: Areas around town centres where the intensification of housing development may be appropriate. Referred to in the Core Strategy as Residential Sustainable Quality Areas Area of Special Local Character: Areas displaying good examples of the built environment. They are designated by the council, whereas Conservation Areas are designated nationally Article 4 Direction: A local planning regulation which withdraws automatic planning permission and means a planning application is required for development. The borough has two Article 4 Direction areas: (1) Sutton Garden Suburb to protect its unique character; and (2) Sutton Town Centre for offices converting to residential uses Biodiversity: The number of different species of flora and fauna in a particular area Brownfield Land (also known as Previous Developed Land): Previously developed land: Land which is or was occupied by a permanent structure, including the curtilage of the developed land (although it should not be assumed that the whole of the curtilage should be developed) and any associated fixed surface infrastructure. This excludes: land that is or has been occupied by agricultural or forestry buildings; land that has been developed for minerals extraction or waste disposal by landfill purposes where provision for restoration has been made through development control procedures; land in built-up areas such as private residential gardens, parks, recreation grounds and allotments; and land that was previously-developed but where the remains of the permanent structure or fixed surface structure have blended into the landscape in the process of time Community Infrastructure Levy: A levy allowing local authorities to raise funds from owners or developers of land undertaking new building projects in their area Comparison Goods Floorspace: retail floorspace that is used for the sale of one-off, usually non-food, items Conservation Area: an area of special architectural or historic interest identified by the local authority under the Planning (Listed Buildings & Conservation Areas) Act 1990. There is a statutory duty to preserve or enhance the character or appearance of such areas


Convenience Goods Floorspace: retail floorspace that is used for the sale of regular purchases, usually food and drink DCLG: the Department of Communities and Local Government. The government department responsible for planning Decentralised Energy: Local renewable energy and local low-carbon energy usually but not always on a relatively small scale encompassing a diverse range of technologies Detailing: Small elements and features within an overall architectural design or building Development Plan: The borough’s current Development Plan comprises the Further Alterations to the London Plan (2015), the Core Planning Strategy (2009), the Site Development Policies Development Plan Document (2012) and the South London Waste Plan (2012). It is planned that the Local Plan will replace the Core Strategy and Site Development Policies DPD. The Development Plan also includes any adopted Neighbourhood Plans Development Plan Documents (DPD): are prepared by the relevant planning authority. They set out the planning policies against which proposals for new development in an area (such as the London Borough of Sutton) will be assessed District Centre: a town centre, classified by The Mayor of London, as providing convenience goods and services for local communities. Typically, they contain 10,000-50,000m2 of retail, leisure and service floorspace. The borough’s District Centres are Carshalton, Cheam, Hackbridge, North Cheam, Rosehill, Wallington and Worcester Park Established Industrial Areas: Smaller industrial areas designated for protection for industrial uses by the council Examination-in-Public: An inquiry before a Planning Inspector to ascertain whether a Local Plan is “sound” Five-Year Housing Land Supply: A document produced the council to prove its has sufficient deliverable land to meet its housing targets for the next five years GLA: the Greater London Authority. The authority, headed by the Mayor of London, has responsibility for strategic planning issues in London Green Belt: a designation for land around certain cities and large built up areas, which aims to keep this land permanently open or largely undeveloped


Green Business: Environmental Goods and Services: Waste management, Waste recovery and recycling, Contaminated land reclamation and remediation, Environmental consultancy and related services, Environmental monitoring, Water and waste water management, Air pollution control and Noise and vibration control Renewable Energy Technologies: Solar, Biomass, Geothermal, Wave and tidal, Wind energy and Hydro energy Low Carbon Technologies: Alternative fuels (inc. nuclear, biomass, ethanol, methane, wood gas and hydrogen) Alternative fuel vehicles (inc. synthetic fuels, bio diesels, hydrogen and electric) Additional energy sources (under development), Building technologies (under development), Carbon finance and New and emerging technologies (inc. smart grids, biotechnology and clean technology) Green Chains: Areas of open space which are interlinked and for use by walkers and pedestrians Green Corridor: Areas of open space which are interlinked and provide opportunities for species migration Green Infrastructure: a network of multi-functional green space, urban and rural, which is capable of delivering a wide range of environmental and quality of life benefits for local communities Gypsy and Traveller: persons of nomadic habit of life whatever their race or origin, including such persons who on grounds only of their own or their family’s or dependants’ educational or health needs or old age have ceased to travel temporarily, but excluding members of an organised group of travelling showpeople or circus people travelling together as such. Habitats Regulations: requirement for Local Plans to consider sites protected by the EU directives. There are no EU-designated sites in the borough Historic Park and Garden: a park or garden designated for protection on aesthetic and/or historic grounds. The borough has one nationally recognised Historic Park and Garden and three locally designated Historic Parks and Gardens House in Multiple Occupation (HMO): a dwelling which contains one or more units of living accommodation, which must be occupied by more than one household who share one of more of the basic amenities (toilet, washing and cooking facilities). Occupiers must occupy the dwelling as their only or main residence and at least one occupier must pay rent


Housing and Economic Land Availability Assessment (HELAA): an evidence base document to identify potential development sites for housing and economic development Housing Density: The number of dwellings per hectare of land. For example: Aspects, Throwley Way, Sutton = 545 dwellings/hectare Dunbar Court, Carshalton Road, Carshalton = 150 dwellings/hectare Cromer Mansions, Cheam Road, Sutton = 100 dwellings/hectare Browning Avenue, Poet’s Estate, Carshalton = 23 dwellings/hectare Issues and Options Document: the early production stage of the preparation of Development Plan Documents and involves consultation to meet the requirements of Regulation 18 of the Town and County Planning (Local Planning) (England) Regulations 2012 Legible Spaces: the degree to which a place can be easily understood Listed Building: a building or structure which is considered to be of 'special architectural or historic interest. A listed building is designated by the Department for Culture, Media and Sport Local Centre: a council designation for small areas, usually featuring shops, offices and other economic activity, such as shopping parades. Local Development Scheme (LDS): sets out the programme for the preparation of local development documents. Local Implementation Plan (LIPs): are produced by every London Borough, and set out how individual boroughs will implement the Mayor's Transport Strategy in their area. These are statutory documents required by the Greater London Authority Act 1999. Locally Listed Building: a council designation for buildings or structures of local interest Local Nature Reserve (LNR): areas designated by the Council under the National Parks and Access to the Countryside Act 1949. LNRs must have significance for nature conservation and are declared by the lpa. LNRs must include land over which the designating Local Planning Authority has a legal interest i.e. ownership of the freehold, or leasehold liabilities, or land over which the Local Planning Authority has a nature reserve agreement with the landowner. Management is a key aspect of declaring an LNR and a management plan must be put in place which secures the long term maintenance of the features of the area which give it its special interest. Many SINCs within Sutton have also been declared as LNRs and have appropriate management plans in place.


London Plan: the Mayor’s Spatial Development Strategy for London. The 2015 Further Alterations to London Plan is the current London Plan. Massing: the combined effect of the height, bulk and silhouette of a building or group of buildings Metropolitan Centre: a town centre classified by The Mayor of London as serving wide catchments and typically over 100,000m2 of retail, leisure and service floorspace with a significant proportion of comparison goods. Sutton Town centre is the borough’s only Metropolitan Centre Metropolitan Open Land (MOL): open space areas, designated by the Mayor of London for protection within the built up area of London National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF): the Government’s statement on planning policy. All Local Plans must be consistent with the NPPF Neighbourhood Plan a plan prepared by a Parish Council or Neighbourhood Forum for a particular neighbourhood area (made under the Localism Act 2011) One Planet Sutton: a partnership between Bio-Regional and World Wildlife Fund based on 10 guiding principles of sustainability. The vision of one plant living is a world in which people everywhere can lead happy, healthy lives within their fair share of the earth’s resources. Open Space: open space is defined in the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 as land laid out as a public garden, or used for the purposes of public recreation, or land which is a disused burial ground. See also Public Open Space and Urban Green Space Permitted Development Rights: rights which allow developers or landowners to develop, extend or alter buildings or structures without the need for planning permission Physical Infrastructure: including the main utilities of water, sewerage, gas, electricity and telecommunications; transport infrastructure including public transport; and flood defences. Planning & Compulsory Purchase Act (2004) (as amended): the Act of Parliament that requires the preparation of Local Development Frameworks and Regional Spatial Strategies. Planning Condition: a condition imposed on a grant of planning permission (in accordance with the Town and Country Planning Act 1990) or a condition included in a Local Development Order or Neighbourhood Development Order


Planning Obligation: a legally enforceable obligation entered into under section 106 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 to mitigate the impacts of a development proposal Primary Shopping Area: the council is proposing not to identify Primary Shopping Areas as they serve little purpose when Primary and Secondary Shopping Frontages are also identified. Should a Primary Shopping Area need to be defined, the council will use the suggested definition in the National Planning Policy Framework which states the Primary Shopping Area generally comprises the primary and those secondary frontages which are adjoining and closely related to the primary shopping frontage. Primary Shopping Frontage: a run of shops and/or businesses which have been designated by the council as the principal area for retail activity with a town centre Private Amenity Space: apace which is attached to a property and is for the sole use of the occupier of the property, for examples gardens and balconies Proposals Map: a graphical illustration (on an Ordnance Survey base map) of those policies and proposals relating to a specific site or area contained in a Development Plan. Public Open Space: a council designation for open space which is open to the general public without any constraints apart from opening hours Public Realm: that part of the built environment to which the public has free access, including streets, squares, parks etc. Public realm issues embrace social interaction and the uses of spaces as well as their servicing and management. Scale: the impression of a building when seen in relation to its surroundings, or the size of parts of a building or its details, particularly as experienced in relation to the size of a person. Sometimes it is the total dimensions of a building which give it its sense of scale: at other times it is the size of the elements and the way they are combined Scheduled Ancient Monument (SAM): a nationally important archaeological or historic site. The borough has six SAMs Secondary Shopping Frontage: a run of shops and/or businesses which have been designated by the council as an important area for retail and service activity with a town centre Setting: the surroundings in which a heritage asset is experienced. Its extent is not fixed and may change as the asset and its surroundings evolve. Elements of


a setting may make a positive or negative contribution to the significance of an asset, may affect the ability to appreciate that significance or may be neutral. Significance: the value of a heritage asset to this and future generations because of its heritage interest. That interest may be archaeological, architectural, artistic or historic. Site of Importance for Nature Conservation (SINC): an area of importance for biodiversity. There are three grade: metropolitan importance, borough importance and local importance Social and Community Infrastructure (Facilities): including education; health and social care facilities; leisure facilities; children’s services; community services, including community halls, meeting places, places of worship, youth services and libraries; police shops, criminal justice facilities, safer neighbourhood accommodation and general police facilities, and other emergency services. Soundness: a Local Plan needs to be found sound by a planning inspector. The tests of soundness are: Positively prepared: the plan should be prepared based on a strategy which seeks to meet objectively assessed development and infrastructure requirements, including unmet requirements from neighbouring authorities where it is reasonable to do so and consistent with achieving sustainable development Justified: the plan should be the most appropriate strategy, when considered against the reasonable alternatives, based on proportionate evidence Effective: the plan should be deliverable over its period and based on effective joint working on cross-boundary strategic priorities; and Consistent with national policy: the plan should enable the delivery of sustainable development in accordance with the policies in the NPPF. Statement of Community Involvement (SCI): sets out the standards which the planning authority intends to achieve in relation to involving the community in the preparation, alteration and continuing review of all Local Development Documents and in significant development control decisions. It also sets out how the local authority intends to achieve those standards. The Statement of Community Involvement is not a Development Plan Document but is subject to independent examination. Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA)/Sustainability Appraisal (SA): a generic term used to describe environmental assessment as applied to policies, plans and programmes. The European ‘SEA Directive’ (2001/42/EC) does not in fact use the term strategic environmental assessment. It requires a formal


‘environmental assessment’ of certain plans and programmes, including those in the field of planning and land use. The Sustainability Appraisal covers wider objectives than the Strategic Environmental Assessment but in practice both procedures will be combined. These processes feed into and are intended to improve the content of the LDF. Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (SFRA): provides information on flood risk. The SFRA identifies constraints which will assist in the formulation of planning policies, it aids the identification of the development potential of proposed sites and aids in assessing future development proposals. In the case of Sutton, the assessment is in partnership with the boroughs of Wandsworth, Merton and Croydon. Strategic Housing Land Availability Assessment (SHLAA): an evidence base document to identify potential development sites for housing and economic development. The council has produced a Housing and Economic Land Availability Assessment Strategic Housing Market Assessment (SHMA): a evidence base document to identify the housing need within a specific area Strategic Industrial Locations (SILs): these comprise Preferred Industrial Locations and exist to ensure London provides sufficient quality sites in appropriate locations to meet the growth of business, industrial and warehousing sectors. Suburban Heartlands: a council designation which describes housing areas outside town centres, the areas of potential intensification, industrial areas and areas within open space designations Supplementary Planning Documents (SPD): cover a wide range of issues on which the local authority wishes to provide policy guidance to supplement the policies and proposals in Development Plan Documents. They are not subject to independent examination. Taller Building Categories:

Mid-rise Buildings – those that are considered to be tall in the context of relatively low-rise development but that in absolute terms are in the region of 4-6 storeys (12-18m); Tall Buildings – those that are significantly taller than the mean height of surrounding development and will have a range of 7-10 storeys (21-30m); Very Tall Buildings – those that are excessively taller than the surrounding built form and will be from 11 storeys upwards.


Town Centres: a general description which covers the Metropolitan Centre (Sutton Town Centres) and the seven District Centres Town Centre Uses: retail development (including warehouse clubs and factory outlet centres); leisure, entertainment facilities the more intensive sport and recreation uses (including cinemas, restaurants, drive-through restaurants, bars and pubs, night-clubs, casinos, health and fitness centres, indoor bowling centres, and bingo halls); offices; and arts, culture and tourism development (including theatres, museums, galleries and concert halls, hotels and conference facilities) Unitary Development Plan (UDP): prior to the Planning & Compulsory Purchase Act, this was the statutory Development Plan for a borough, such as Sutton. It sets out a local authority’s policies for the development and use of land. Urban Green Space: open space which is only open to certain sections of the public, such as sports clubs and allotments Use Classes Order: The following classes of use for England are set out in the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 and its subsequent amendments: Wandle Valley Regional Park: Areas designated by the London Boroughs of Croydon, Merton, Sutton and Wandsworth to promote public access, biodiversity improvements and heritage protection along the River Wandle Windfall: A development which is permitted and/or built but which was not identified in the council’s planning documents Use Classes Order A1: Shops Shops, retail warehouses, hairdressers, undertakers, travel and ticket

agencies, post offices, pet shops, sandwich bars, showrooms, domestic hire shops, dry cleaners, funeral directors and internet cafes

A2: Financial and Professional Services

Financial services such as banks and building societies, professional services (other than health and medical services) and including estate and employment agencies. It does not include betting offices or pay day loan shops - these are now classed as “sui generis” uses

A3: Restaurants and Cafes

For the sale of food and drink for consumption on the premises - restaurants, snack bars and cafes

A4: Drinking Establishments

Public houses, wine bars or other drinking establishments (but not night clubs).

A5: Hot Food Takeaway

For the sale of hot food for consumption off the premises

B1: Business Offices (other than those that fall within A2), research and development of products and processes, light industry appropriate in a residential area.

B2: General Industrial

Use for industrial process other than one falling within class B1 (excluding incineration purposes, chemical treatment or landfill or hazardous waste).

B8: Storage and Distribution

This class includes open air storage.


C1: Hotels Hotels, boarding and guest houses where no significant element of care is provided (excludes hostels).

C2: Residential Institutions

Residential care homes, hospitals, nursing homes, boarding schools, residential colleges and training centres.

C2a: Secure Residential Institutions

Including use as a prison, young offenders institution, detention centre, secure training centre, custody centre, short term holding centre, secure hospital, secure local authority accommodation or use as a military barracks.

C3: Dwelling Houses

This class is formed of 3 parts: C3(a) covers use by a single person or a family (a couple whether married or not, a person related to one another with members of the family of one of the couple to be treated as members of the family of the other), an employer and certain domestic employees (such as an au pair, nanny, nurse, governess, servant, chauffeur, gardener, secretary and personal assistant), a carer and the person receiving the care and a foster parent and foster child. C3(b): up to six people living together as a single household and receiving care e.g. supported housing schemes such as those for people with learning disabilities or mental health problems. C3(c) allows for groups of people (up to six) living together as a single household. This allows for those groupings that do not fall within the C4 HMO definition, but which fell within the previous C3 use class, to be provided for i.e. a small religious community may fall into this section as could a homeowner who is living with a lodger

C4: Houses in Multiple Occupation

Small shared houses occupied by between three and six unrelated individuals, as their only or main residence, who share basic amenities such as a kitchen or bathroom.

D1: Non Residential Institutions

Clinics, health centres, crèches, day nurseries, day centres, schools, art galleries (other than for sale or hire), museums, libraries, halls, places of worship, church halls, law court. Non residential education and training centres

D2: Assembly and Leisure

Cinemas, music and concert halls, bingo and dance halls (but not night clubs), swimming baths, skating rinks, gymnasiums or area for indoor or outdoor sports and recreations (except for motor sports, or where firearms are used).

SG: Sui Generis Certain uses do not fall within any use class and are considered 'sui generis'. Such uses include: betting offices/shops, pay day loan shops, theatres, houses in multiple occupation, hostels providing no significant element of care, scrap yards. Petrol filling stations and shops selling and/or displaying motor vehicles. Retail warehouse clubs, nightclubs, launderettes, taxi businesses, amusement centres and casinos.


London Borough of SuttonEnvironment, Housing and Regeneration24 Denmark RoadCarshaltonSM5 2JG

February 2016

Printed on recycled paper - this paper can be recycled


London Borough of Sutton Sutton Local Plan A... · London Borough of Sutton Sutton Local Plan ......

Documents

Transcript of London Borough of Sutton Sutton Local Plan A... · London Borough of Sutton Sutton Local Plan ......